+ All Categories
Home > Documents > €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark...

€¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark...

Date post: 30-Apr-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 3 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
284
2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive Information ........ 1-1 Keys, Doors, and Windows .................... 2-1 Keys and Locks ............... 2-1 Doors .......................... 2-6 Vehicle Security ................ 2-7 Exterior Mirrors ............... 2-10 Interior Mirrors ................ 2-12 Windows ..................... 2-13 Seats and Restraints ......... 3-1 Head Restraints ............... 3-1 Front Seats .................... 3-3 Safety Belts .................... 3-6 Airbag System ................ 3-11 Child Restraints .............. 3-17 Storage ....................... 4-1 Storage Compartments ........ 4-1 Luggage/Load Locations ....... 4-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-6 Roof Rack System ............. 4-7 Information on Loading the Vehicle ....................... 4-7 Instruments and Controls .... 5-1 Controls ....................... 5-2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ................... 5-10 Trip Computer ................ 5-20 Vehicle Personalisation ....... 5-23 Lighting ....................... 6-1 Exterior Lighting ............... 6-1 Interior Lighting ................ 6-5 Lighting Features .............. 6-5 Infotainment System ......... 7-1 Introduction .................... 7-1 Radio ......................... 7-11 Audio Players ................ 7-23 Personalisation ............... 7-40 Phone ........................ 7-44 Climate Controls ............. 8-1 Climate Control Systems .... . . 8-1 Air Vents ....................... 8-9 Maintenance ................. 8-10 Driving and Operating ........ 9-1 Driving Information ............. 9-1 Starting and Operating ......... 9-2 Engine Exhaust ................ 9-4 Automatic Transmission ....... 9-4 Manual Gearbox ............... 9-9 Brakes ....................... 9-10 Ride Control Systems ........ 9-13 Object Detection Systems .... 9-14 Fuel .......................... 9-16 Vehicle Care ................. 10-1 General Information .......... 10-2 Vehicle Checks ............... 10-3 Bulb Replacement .......... 10-19 Electrical System ............ 10-24 Vehicle Tools ................ 10-30 Wheels and Tyres ........... 10-30 Jump Starting ............... 10-48 Towing the Vehicle .......... 10-49 Appearance Care ........... 10-53
Transcript
Page 1: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-1

Keys, Doors, andWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1Luggage/Load Locations . . . . . . . 4-4Additional Storage Features . . . 4-6Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Information on Loading theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Vehicle Personalisation . . . . . . . 5-23

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Starting and Operating . . . . . . . . . 9-2Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-4Manual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-13Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-14Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Vehicle Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-49Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Page 2: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 11-7

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3

Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1

Page 3: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

Introduction iii

Your vehicle is a combination ofdesign, advanced technology,safety, environmental friendlinessand economy.

This Owner's Manual provides youwith all the necessary information toenable you to drive your vehiclesafely and efficiently.

Make sure your passengers areaware of the possible risk ofaccident and injury which may resultfrom improper use of the vehicle.

You must always comply with thespecific laws and regulations of thecountry that you are in. These lawsmay differ from the informationin this

When this Owner's Manual refers toa repairer visit, we recommend yourChevrolet Service Partner.

All Chevrolet Service Partnersprovide first-class service atreasonable prices. Experiencedmechanics trained by Chevroletwork according to specific Chevroletinstructions.

The customer literature pack shouldalways be kept ready to hand in thevehicle.

Using this Manual. This manual describes all

options and features availablefor this model. Certaindescriptions, including those fordisplay and menu functions, maynot apply to your vehicle due tomodel variant, countryspecifications, special equipmentor accessories.

. The "In brief" section will giveyou an initial overview.

. The table of contents at thebeginning of this manual andwithin each chapter showswhere the information is located.

. The index will enable you tosearch for specific information.

. The Owner's Manual uses thefactory engine designations. Thecorresponding salesdesignations can be found in thechapter "Technical data".

. Directional data, e.g. left or right,or front or back, always relate tothe direction of travel.

. The vehicle display screens maynot support your specificlanguage.

Danger, Warnings, andCautions

{ Danger

Text marked{ Danger providesinformation on risk of fatal injury.Disregarding this information mayendanger life.

Page 4: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

iv Introduction

{ Warning

Text marked{ Warning providesinformation on risk of accident orinjury. Disregarding thisinformation may lead to injury.

{ Caution

Text marked Caution providesinformation on possible damageto the vehicle. Disregarding thisinformation may lead to vehicledamage.

We wish you many hours ofpleasurable driving

Chevrolet

Page 5: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-1

In Brief

Initial Drive InformationUnlocking the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 1-1Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-3Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-5Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-6Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Washer and WiperSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Initial DriveInformation

Unlocking the Vehicle

Radio remote control

Press button K.

Unlocks all doors. The hazardwarning lights will flash twice.

Radio remote control 0 RadioRemote Control on page 2-2,

Central locking system 0 CentralLocking System on page 2-4.

Seat Adjustment

Seat positioning

Page 6: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-2 In Brief

Pull handle, slide seat, releasehandle.

Seat position 0 Seat Position on

page 3-3, Seat adjustment 0 SeatAdjustment on page 3-4.

Seat backrests Pull lever, adjust inclination andrelease lever. Allow the seat toengage audibly.

Seat position 0 Seat Position on

page 3-3, Seat adjustment 0 SeatAdjustment on page 3-4.

Seat height

Page 7: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-3

Turn the handwheel on the outsideof the seat cushion until the seatcushion is adjusted to the desiredposition.

Seat position 0 Seat Position on

page 3-3, Seat adjustment 0 SeatAdjustment on page 3-4.

Head RestraintAdjustment

Pull the head restraint upwards.

To move down press the catch andpush the head restraint downwards.

Head restraints 0 Head Restraintson page 3-1.

Safety Belts

Page 8: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-4 In Brief

Withdraw belt from reel, guide ituntwisted across the body andengage the latch plate in the buckle.

Tension the lap belt regularly whilstdriving by tugging the shoulder belt.

Seat position 0 Seat Position on

page 3-3, Seat belts 0 Three-PointSeat belt on page 3-8, Airbagsystem 0 Front Airbag System onpage 3-12.

Mirror Adjustment

Interior Mirror

To reduce dazzle, pull the lever onthe underside of the mirror housing.

Interior mirror 0 Manual RearviewMirror on page 2-12.

Page 9: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-5

Exterior Mirrors Simply move the adjusting lever inthe desired direction to adjust themirror angles.

Convex exterior mirrors 0 ConvexMirrors on page 2-10, Foldingexterior mirrors 0 Folding Mirrorson page 2-11, Heated exteriormirrors 0 Heated Mirrors onpage 2-12.

Steering WheelAdjustment Unlock lever, adjust steering wheel,

then engage lever and ensure it isfully locked. Do not adjust steeringwheel unless vehicle is stationary.

Airbag system 0 Airbag System on

page 3-11, Ignition positions 0 NewVehicle Break-In on page 9-2.

Page 10: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-6 In Brief

Instrument Panel Overview

Page 11: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-7

1. Electric mirror adjustment.

2. Side air vents.

3. Exterior lighting.

4. Horn.

Driver airbag.

5. Instrument cluster.

6. Wiper and washer system.

7. Centre air vents.

8. Infotainment system.

9. Control indicators.

10. Hazard lights.

11. Front passenger airbag.

12. Glovebox.

13. Climate control system.

14. Gear lever.

15. AUX input, USB input.

16. Power socket.

17. Accelerator pedal.

18. Brake pedal.

19. Ignition switch.

20. Clutch pedal.

21. Steering wheel adjustment.

22. Fuse cover.

23. Bonnet release lever.

24. Headlight range adjustment.

Page 12: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-8 In Brief

Type 1

Page 13: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-9

1. Electric mirror adjustment.

2. Side air vents.

3. Exterior lighting.

4. Horn.

Driver airbag.

5. Instrument cluster.

6. Wiper and washer system.

7. Centre air vents.

8. Infotainment system.

9. Control indicators.

10. Hazard lights.

11. Front passenger airbag.

12. Glovebox.

13. Climate control system.

14. Gear lever.

15. Accelerator pedal.

16. Brake pedal.

17. Ignition switch.

18. Clutch pedal.

19. Steering wheel adjustment.

20. Bonnet release lever.

21. Headlight range adjustment.

Page 14: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-10 In Brief

Type 2

Page 15: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (11,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-11

1. Electric mirror adjustment.

2. Side air vents.

3. Exterior lighting.

4. Horn.

Driver airbag.

5. Instrument cluster.

6. Wiper and washer system.

7. Centre air vents.

8. Infotainment system.

9. Control indicators.

10. Hazard lights.

11. Front passenger airbag.

12. Glovebox.

13. Climate control system.

14. Gear lever.

15. Accelerator pedal.

16. Brake pedal.

17. Ignition switch.

18. Clutch pedal.

19. Steering wheel adjustment.

20. Bonnet release lever.

21. Headlight range adjustment.

22. Fuse cover.

23. AUX input, USB input.

24. Power socket.

Exterior Lighting

Turn light switch.

OFF: All the lights are off.

; : The tail lights, number platelights, and instrument panel lightsare illuminated.

5 : The dipped beam headlightsand all of the above lights areilluminated.

Headlight flash, main beamand dipped beam

To switch from dipped to mainbeam, push lever.

To switch to dipped beam, pushlever again or pull.

Page 16: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (12,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-12 In Brief

Main beam 0 Headlamp Main/Dipped Beam Changer on page 6-1,Headlight flash 0 Flash-to-Pass onpage 6-2.

Hazard lights

Operated with the| button.

Hazard warning lights 0 HazardWarning Flashers on page 6-3.

Turn and lane-change signals

lever up = right

lever down = left

Turn and lane-change signals 0Indicator and Lane-Change Signalson page 6-4.

Horn

Heated rear window, heatedexterior mirrors

Page 17: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (13,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-13

Pressa.

Washer and WiperSystems

Windscreen wiper

OFF: System off.

INT: Intermittent operation.

LO: Continuous wipe, slow speed.

HI: Continuous wipe, fast speed.

For a single wipe when thewindscreen wiper is off, lightly movethe lever toward the INT positionand release it.

Windscreen wiper 0 WindscreenWiper/Washer on page 5-3.

Windscreen washer system

Pull lever.

Windscreen washer 0 WindscreenWiper/Washer on page 5-3, Washerfluid 0 Washer Fluid onpage 10-15.

Page 18: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (14,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-14 In Brief

Climate Controls

Heated rear window, heatedexterior mirrors

Type 1

Type 2

Heating is operated by pressing the= button.

Heated mirrors 0 Heated Mirrorson page 2-12, Heated rear window0 Heated Rear Window onpage 2-16.

Demisting and defrosting thewindows

Type 1

Page 19: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (15,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-15

Type 2

Turn knob to5.

Defrosting windscreen 0 Heatingand Ventilation System on page 8-1,Demisting windscreen 0 AirConditioning System on page 8-5.

Parking. Do not park the vehicle on an

easily flammable surface. Thehigh temperature of the exhaustsystem could ignite the surface.

. Always apply parking brakewithout pressing release button.Apply as firmly as possible ondownhill or uphill slopes.Depress the brake pedal at thesame time to reduce operatingforce.

. Switch off the engine andignition. Turn the steering wheeluntil the steering wheel lockengages.

. If the vehicle is on a levelsurface or uphill slope, engagefirst gear or P position beforeswitching off the ignition. On anuphill slope, turn the frontwheels away from the kerb.

If the vehicle is on a downhillslope, engage reverse gearbefore switching off the ignition.Turn the front wheels towardsthe kerb.

. Close windows.

. Lock the vehicle and activate theanti-theft alarm system.

Keys 0 Keys on page 2-1

Transmission

Manual gearbox

Reverse: with the vehicle stationary,depress the clutch pedal andengage the gear.

If the gear does not engage, set thelever in neutral, release the clutchpedal and depress again; thenrepeat gear selection.

Manual gearbox 0 ManualGearbox on page 9-9.

Page 20: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (16,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-16 In Brief

Automatic transmission

P (PARK): Locks the front wheels.Select P only when the vehicle isstationary and the parking brake isapplied.

R (REVERSE): Select R only whenthe vehicle is stationary.

N (NEUTRAL): Neutral gearposition.

D: This drive position is for allnormal driving conditions. It allowsthe transmission to shift into all fourforward gears. Fourth gear is

overdrive which reduces enginespeed and noise level whileincreasing fuel economy.

2: Allows the transmission to shiftfrom 1st to 2nd gear and preventsautomatic shifting into 3rd or4th gear.

1: This position locks thetransmission in first gear.

Automatic transmission 0Automatic Transmission onpage 9-4.

Getting Started

Check before starting off. Tyre pressure and condition.. Engine oil level and fluid levels.. All windows, mirrors, exterior

lighting and number plates arefree from dirt, snow and ice andare operational.

. Proper position of seats, seatbelts and mirrors.

. Check brake function at lowspeed, particularly if the brakesare wet.

Starting the engine

. Turn the key to position 1, movethe steering wheel slightly torelease the steering wheel lock

. Manual gearbox: operate clutch

. Automatic transmission : Movegear lever to P or N

. Do not accelerate

Page 21: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (17,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

In Brief 1-17

. Turn the key to position 3,depressing the clutch pedal andfootbrake then release whenengine is running

Before restarting or to switch off theengine, turn key back to 0.

Page 22: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (18,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

1-18 In Brief

2 NOTES

Page 23: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Radio Remote Control . . . . . . . . 2-2Central Locking System . . . . . . . 2-4

DoorsLoad Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Vehicle SecurityAnti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-7Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Interior MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-12

WindowsManual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Heated Rear Window . . . . . . . . 2-16Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Keys and Locks

Keys

Replacement keys

The key number is specified on adetachable tag.

The key number must be quotedwhen ordering replacement keys asit is a component of the immobilisersystem.

Locks 0 Exterior Care onpage 10-53.

Page 24: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Key with foldaway key section

Press button to extend.

To fold the key, press the button andfold the key manually.

Radio Remote Control

Used to operate:. Central locking system. Anti-theft alarm system. Vehicle alarm system

The radio remote control has anapproximate range of up to20 metres(66 ft). This range can beaffected by external influences.

The hazard lights confirm operation.

Handle with care, protect frommoisture and high temperatures andavoid unnecessary operation.

Fault

If the central locking system cannotbe operated with the radio remotecontrol, it may be due to thefollowing:. Range exceeded,. Battery voltage too low,. Frequent, repeated operation of

the remote control while not inrange, which will requireresynchronisation,

. Overload of the central lockingsystem by operating at frequentintervals, the power supply isinterrupted for a short time,

. Interference from higher-powerradio waves from other sources.

Radio remote control batteryreplacement

Replace the battery as soon as therange is noticeably diminished.

Page 25: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

Batteries do not belong inhousehold waste. They must bedisposed of at an appropriaterecycling collection point.

Key with foldaway key section

Note: Use CR2032 (or equivalent)replacement battery.

1. Open the transmitter cover.

2. Remove the used battery. Avoidtouching the circuit board toother components.

3. Install the new battery. Be surethe negative side (-) faces downtoward the base.

4. Close the transmitter cover.

5. Check the operation of thetransmitter with your vehicle.

Fixed key

{ Caution

Avoid touching the flat surfaces ofthe battery with your bare fingers.Handling will shorten battery life.

Note: Used lithium batteries canharm the environment.

Follow local recycling laws fordisposal.

Do not discard with householdwaste.

Note: In order to keep thetransmitter working properly, followthese guidelines:

Avoid dropping the transmitter.

Do not place heavy objects on thetransmitter.

Keep the transmitter away fromwater and direct sunlight. If thetransmitter gets wet, wipe it with asoft cloth.

Page 26: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Central Locking SystemYou can activate the central doorlocking system from the driver'sdoor. This system allows you to lockand unlock all the doors from thedriver's door, using either the key orkeyless remote (from outside) or thedoor lock button (from inside).

If the driver's door is not closedproperly, the central locking systemwill not work.

Central locking button

Locks or unlocks all doors and thetailgate.

Press button Q to lock.

Press button K to unlock.

If the driver's door is opened,driver's door cannot be locked.

Unlocking

Press button K.

Unlocks all doors. The hazardwarning lights will flash twice.

Locking

Press button Q.Locks all doors. Hazard warninglights will flash once.

Page 27: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Vehicle alarm

. Vehicle Locator:

Press and release button 7once to locate the vehicle. Theindicator lamps flash until anybutton of the key is pressed.

. Panic Alarm:

Press and release button 7once to operate Panic alarm.The horn sounds and theindicator lamps flash until anybutton of the key is pressed.

Fault in radio remote controlsystem

Unlocking

Manually unlock the driver's door byturning the key in the lock.

Locking

Close the driver's door and lock itfrom the outside with the key.

Fault in central locking system

Unlocking

Manually unlock the driver's door byturning the key in the lock. Theother doors can be opened by usingthe interior handle.

Page 28: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Locking

Push inside locking knob of alldoors except driver's door. Thenclose the driver's door and lock itfrom the outside with the key.

Child locks

{ Caution

Do not pull the inside door handlewhile the child security door lockis set to LOCK position. To do socan damage the inside doorhandle.

{ Warning

Use the child locks wheneverchildren are occupying the rearseats.

To close the child security door lock,move the lever up to the lockposition.

To open a rear door when the childsecurity door lock is activated,unlock the door from the inside andopen the door from the outside.

To cancel the child security doorlock, move the lever down to theunlock position.

Doors

Load CompartmentTailgate, opening

<Type 1>

To open the tailgate, insert the keyinto the key slot and turn itanticlockwise and then pull the longhandle.

The tailgate is locked or unlockedwhen all doors are locked orunlocked with the key or keyless.When the tailgate is unlocked, pullthe long handle to open it.

Page 29: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

{ Warning

Do not drive with the tailgateopen or ajar, e.g. whentransporting bulky objects, astoxic exhaust gases, could enterthe vehicle.

{ Caution

Before opening the boot lid checkoverhead obstructions, such as agarage door, to avoid damage ofthe boot lid. Always check themoving area above and behindthe boot lid.

Note: The installation of certainheavy accessories onto the tailgatemay affect its ability to remain open.

Tailgate, closing

<Type 1>

To close tailgate, push it down so itlatches securely. And insert the keyinto the key slot and turn itclockwise.

To close tailgate, push it down so itlatches securely. It locksautomatically when all doors arelocked.

Make sure your hands and anyother body parts, as well as those ofother persons are completely awayfrom the tailgate closure area.

Vehicle Security

Anti-theft Alarm SystemAnti-theft alarm system monitors:. Doors, tailgate, bonnet. Ignition

Activation

Directly by pressing Q button.

Page 30: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Status indicator

<Type 1>

<Type 2>

The security indicator will flash toindicate the anti-theft system isworking.

It goes out when doors are unlockedusing the keyless entry transmitter.

It comes on when you lock thedoors using the keyless entrytransmitter.

Deactivation

Unlocking the vehicle by pressingbutton " deactivates anti-theft alarmsystem.

Alarm sound

The system provides an alarm whenany of the doors, tailgate or bonnetare opened without pressing theunlock button on the transmitter.

To stop the alarm sound, presseither the lock or unlock button onthe transmitter.

Otherwise, after 28 seconds, thealarm will automatically stop, beingreset to the activatedanti-theft mode.

If the system does not operate asdescribed above, have it checkedby your authorised workshop.

Page 31: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Immobiliser

Immobiliser indicator

<Type 1>

<Type 2>

If an invalid key is used, theindicator will flash and the vehiclecan't be started.

Auto door lock

If the door is not opened or theposition of the ignition key is notlocated in ACC or ON within30 seconds after unlocking thedoors using the transmitter, all doorsare automatically locked.

Immobiliser

Immobiliser The immobiliser systemprovides an additional theftdeterrent to the vehicle in which it isinstalled and prevents it from beingstarted by unauthorised persons.The valid key for a vehicle equippedwith immobiliser system is anignition key with integratedtransponder, which is electronicallycoded. The transponder is placedinvisibly in the ignition key.

Only valid ignition keys can be usedto start the engine.

The engine is automaticallyimmobilised after the key is turnedto LOCK and has been removedfrom the ignition switch.

The immobiliser indicator can beoperated in the following conditions:. If the immobiliser system has a

fault (including the Auto KeyLearning Mode) when theignition switch is in ON or

Page 32: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

START position, the immobiliserindicator flashes or illuminatescontinuously.

. In some European countries, anauxiliary immobiliser is optionalto improve the vehicle securitylevel. If the module is replacedwith a new one, the vehiclecannot be started. If the vehiclecannot be started or theimmobiliser indicator flashes orilluminates, have the systemchecked by an authorisedworkshop.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex MirrorsThe convex exterior mirror reducesblind spots. The shape of the mirrormakes objects appear smaller,which will affect the ability toestimate distances.

Manual Mirrors

Adjust the outside rearview mirrorsso you can see each side of yourvehicle, as well as each side of theroad behind you.

Simply move the adjusting lever inthe desired direction to adjust themirror angles.

Page 33: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (11,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Power Mirrors Select the relevant exterior mirror byturning the control to left (L) orright (R). Then swivel the control toadjust the mirror.

Folding Mirrors

Folding mirrors

For pedestrian safety, the exteriormirrors will swing out of their normalmounting position if they are struckwith sufficient force. Reposition themirror by applying slight pressure tothe mirror housing.

{ Warning

Always keep your mirrors properlyadjusted, and use them whiledriving to increase your visibilityof objects and other vehicles

(Continued)

Page 34: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (12,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Warning (Continued)

around you. Do not drive whileeither outside rearview mirror isfolded back.

Heated Mirrors

Type 1

Type 2

Operated by pressing the1button.

Heating works with the enginerunning and is switched offautomatically after a few minutes orby pressing the button again.

Interior Mirrors

Manual Rearview Mirror

Page 35: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (13,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

To reduce dazzle, adjust the leveron the underside of the mirrorhousing.

{ Warning

Your view through the mirror maylose some clarity when it isadjusted for night vision.

Take special care with using yourinside rearview mirror when it isadjusted for night vision.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Failure to ensure a clear rearview while driving may result in acollision causing damage to yourvehicle or other property and/orpersonal injury.

Windows

Manual Windows

Page 36: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (14,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The door windows can be openedor closed with the window winders.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Take care when operating thepower windows. Risk of injury,particularly to children.

If there are children on the rearseats, switch on the child safetysystem for the power windows.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

attachment could render thetether strap and top tetheranchorage ineffective.

Keep a close watch on thewindows when closing them.Ensure that nothing becomestrapped in them as they move.

<Type 1>

Page 37: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (15,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

<Type 2>

Power windows can be operatedwith ignition on.

Operate the switch for therespective window by pushing toopen or pulling to close.

Operation

You may operate the powerwindows when the ignition switch isON by using the power windowswitches on each door panel.

To open the window, press down onthe switch.

To close the window, lift up on theswitch.

Release the switch when thewindow reaches the desiredposition.

{ Warning

Body parts outside the vehiclecan be struck by passing objects.Keep all parts of body insidevehicle.

Children can operate and becomeentrapped in power windows.

Do not leave your keys orunattended children in your car.

Serious injury or death can occurfrom misuse of power windows.

Child safety system for rearwindows

<Type 1>

Page 38: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (16,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

<Type 2>

Press switchv to deactivate rearpower windows.

To activate pressv again.

Heated Rear Window

Type 1

Type 2

Page 39: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (17,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Operated by pressing the+ button.

Heating works with the enginerunning and is switched offautomatically after a few minutes orby pressing the button again.

{ Caution

Do not use sharp instruments orabrasive window cleaners on yourvehicle's rear window.

Do not scratch or damage thedefroster wires when you clean orwork around the rear window.

Sun VisorsThe sun visors can be folded downor swivelled to the side to preventdazzling.

If the sun visors have integralmirrors, the mirror covers should beclosed when driving.

{ Warning

Do not place the sun visor in sucha manner that it obscures visibilityof the roadway, traffic or otherobjects.

Page 40: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (18,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2 NOTES

Page 41: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Front SeatsSeat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Three-Point Safety Belt . . . . . . . 3-8

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . 3-12Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . 3-15Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . 3-16

Child RestraintsChild Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-17Child Restraint InstallationLocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Top Tether Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Head RestraintsPosition

{ Warning

Only drive with the head restraintset to the proper position.

Removed or improperly adjustedhead restraints can result inserious head and neck injuries incase of a collision.

Make sure that the head restraintreadjusted before driving.

Page 42: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-2 Seats and Restraints

The upper edge of the headrestraint should be at upper headlevel. If this is not possible for

extremely tall people, set to highestposition, and set to lowest positionfor small people.

Head restraints on front seats

Height adjustment

Pull the head restraint upwards. Tomove down press the catch andpush the head restraint downwards.

Press the catches and pull up thehead restraint.

Head restraints on rear seats

Height adjustment

Pull the head restraint upwards. Tomove down press the catch andpush the head restraint downwards.

Press the catches and pull up thehead restraint.

Page 43: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Front Seats

Seat Position

{ Warning

Only drive with the seat correctlyadjusted.

Removing

. Sit with buttocks as far backagainst the backrest as possible.Adjust the distance between theseat and the pedals so that legsare slightly angled whenpressing the pedals. Slide thefront passenger seat as far backas possible.

. Sit with shoulders as far backagainst the backrest as possible.Set the backrest rake so that it ispossible to easily reach thesteering wheel with arms slightlybent. Maintain contact betweenshoulders and the backrestwhen turning the steering wheel.Do not angle the backrest too farback. We recommend amaximum rake of approx. 25°.

. Adjust the steering wheel 0Steering Wheel Adjustment onpage 5-2.

. Set the seat high enough tohave a clear field of vision on allsides and on all displayinstruments. There should be atleast one hand of clearance

Page 44: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-4 Seats and Restraints

between your head and theheadlining. Your thighs shouldrest lightly on the seat withoutpressing into it.

. Adjust the head restraint 0Head Restraints on page 3-1.

. Adjust the height of the seat belt0 Three-Point Seat belt onpage 3-8.

Seat Adjustment

{ Danger

Do not sit nearer than25 cm(10 inches) to the steeringwheel, to permit safe airbagdeployment.

{ Warning

Never adjust seats while drivingas they could moveuncontrollably.

Seat positioning Pull handle, slide seat, releasehandle.

{ Warning

When positioning seat, ensure thegrip zone in the centre of therelease bar is used.

Seat backrests

Page 45: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Pull lever, adjust inclination andrelease lever. Allow the seat toengage audibly.

Do not lean on seat when adjusting.

Seat height Turn the handwheel on the outsideof the seat cushion until the seatcushion is adjusted to the desiredposition.

Page 46: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Heated Front Seats

Type 1

Type 2

The seat heater buttons are locatedin the front console.

To warm the seat:

1. Turn the ignition key on.

2. Press the seat heating button forthe seat that you want to warm.The indicator in the button willilluminate.

3. To turn off the seat heater, pressthe button again.

Prolonged use of the highest settingfor people with sensitive skin is notrecommended.

Seat heating is operational whenengine is running.

Safety BeltsSeat belts

Page 47: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-7

The belts are locked during heavyacceleration or deceleration of thevehicle for the safety of theoccupants.

{ Warning

Fasten safety belt beforeeach trip.

In the event of an accident,people not wearing safety beltsendanger their fellow occupantsand themselves.

Seat belts are designed to be usedby only one person at a time. Theyare not suitable for people smallerthan 150 cm (5 ft). Child restraintsystem 0 Child Restraint Systemson page 3-17.

Periodically check all parts of thebelt system for damage and properfunctionality.

Have damaged componentsreplaced. After an accident, havethe belts and triggered beltpretensioners replaced by aworkshop.

Note: Make sure that the belts arenot damaged by shoes orsharp-edged objects or trapped.Prevent dirt from getting into the beltretractors.

Seat belt reminder > 0 SafetyBelt Reminders on page 5-15.

Belt force limiters

On the front seats, stress on thebody is reduced by the gradualrelease of the belt during a collision.

Belt pretensioners

Page 48: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-8 Seats and Restraints

In the event of a head-on or side orrear-end collision of a certainseverity, the front seat belts aretightened.

{ Warning

Incorrect handling (e.g. removalor fitting of belts) can trigger thebelt tensioners with risk of injury.

Deployment of the beltpretensioners is indicated byillumination of control indicator 9 0Safety Belt Reminders onpage 5-15.

Triggered belt pretensioners mustbe replaced by a workshop. Beltpretensioners can only betriggered once.

Note: Do not affix or installaccessories or other objects thatmay interfere with the operation ofthe belt pretensioners. Do not makeany modifications to beltpretensioner components as this willinvalidate the vehicle type approval.

Three-Point Safety Belt

Fastening

Withdraw the belt from the retractor,guide it untwisted across the bodyand insert the latch plate into thebuckle.

Tighten the lap belt regularly whilstdriving by pulling the shoulder belt.Seat belt reminder 0 Safety BeltReminders on page 5-15.

Page 49: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Loose or bulky clothing prevents thebelt from fitting snugly. Do not placeobjects such as handbags or mobilephones between the belt andyour body.

{ Warning

The belt must not rest againsthard or fragile objects in thepockets of your clothing.

Height adjustment 1. Press button.

2. Adjust height and engage.

Adjust the height so that the belt liesacross the shoulder. It must not lieacross the throat or upper arm.

Page 50: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Removing To release belt, press red button onbelt buckle.

Seat belts on the rear seats

The seat belt for the rear centreseat can only be withdrawn from theretractor if the backrest is in the rearposition.

Seat belt use duringpregnancy

{ Warning

The lap belt must be positionedas low as possible across thepelvis to prevent pressure on theabdomen.

Seat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women.

Like all occupants, pregnant womenare more likely to be seriouslyinjured if they do not wear seatbelts.

Page 51: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (11,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-11

In addition, when a seat belt is wornproperly, it is more likely that theunborn child will be safe in a crash.

To provide maximum protection, apregnant woman should wear aseat belt.

She should wear the lap portion ofthe belt as low as possiblethroughout her pregnancy.

Airbag SystemAirbag system

The airbag system consists of anumber of individual systems.

When triggered the airbags inflatewithin milliseconds. They alsodeflate so quickly that it is oftenunnoticeable during the collision.

{ Warning

If handled improperly the airbagsystems can be triggered in anexplosive manner.

The driver should sit back as faras possible while still maintainingcontrol of the vehicle. If you aresitting too close to the airbag, itcan cause death or serious injurywhen it inflates.

For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occupantsincluding the driver should always

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

wear their seat belts to minimisethe risk of severe injury or deathin the event of a crash. Do not sitor lean unnecessarily close to theairbag while the vehicle is inmotion.

The airbag may cause facial orbody scratch, injury by brokenglasses or getting burnt byexplosion while airbag isdeployed.

Note: The airbag systems and belttensioner control electronics arelocated in the central console area.Do not put any magnetic objects inthis area.

Do not stick anything on the airbagcovers and do not cover them withother materials.

Each airbag is triggered only once.Have deployed airbags replaced bya repairer.

Page 52: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (12,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Do not make any modifications tothe airbag system as this willinvalidate the vehicle type approval.

In the event of airbag deploymenthave the steering wheel, theinstrument panel, all panelling parts,the door seals, the handles and theseats removed by a repairer.

When an air bag deploys, there maybe a loud noise and smoke. Theseconditions are normal and are notdangerous but in case it maystimulate skin of the passenger.If the stimulation is continued,contact a doctor.

{ Danger

Never allow children or infantsand pregnant women and the oldand the weak sit in the frontpassenger seats fitted withairbags.

(Continued)

Danger (Continued)

Furthermore, do not drive with ababy seat fitted thereon. In caseof an accident, the impact fromthe inflated airbag can causefacial injury or death.

{ Caution

If the vehicle is impacted bybumps or objects on unpavedroads or pavements, the airbagsmay inflate. Drive slowly onsurfaces not designed for vehicletraffic to prevent unintendedairbag deployment.

When the airbags inflate, escapinghot gases may cause burns.

Control indicator 9 for airbag

systems 0 Airbag and Seat beltTensioner Light on page 5-16.

Front Airbag SystemThe front airbag system consists ofone airbag in the steering wheel andone in the instrument panel on thefront passenger side. These can beidentified by the word AIRBAG.

The front airbag system is triggeredin the event of an accident of acertain severity in the depicted area.The ignition must be on.

Page 53: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (13,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-13

The forward movement of the frontseat occupants is retarded, therebyconsiderably reducing the risk ofinjury to the upper body and head.

{ Warning

Optimum protection is onlyprovided when the seat is in theproper position

0 Seat Position on page 3-3.

Keep the area in which the airbaginflates clear of obstructions.

Fit the seat belt correctly andengage securely. Only then theairbag is able to protect.

Side Airbag System

Page 54: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (14,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-14 Seats and Restraints

The side airbag system consists ofan airbag in each front seatbackrest.

This can be identified by the wordAIRBAG.

The side airbag system is triggeredin the event of an accident of acertain severity. The ignition mustbe on.

The risk of injury to the upper bodyand pelvis in the event of a side-oncollision is considerably reduced.

{ Warning

Keep the area in which the airbaginflates clear of obstructions.

Note: Only use protective seatcovers that have been approved forthe vehicle. Be careful not to coverthe airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are seated in closeproximity to a side airbag may beat risk of serious or fatal injury ifthe airbag deploys, especially ifthe child's head, neck, or chest isclose to the airbag at the time ofdeployment.

Never let your child lean on thedoor or close to the side airbagmodule.

Page 55: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (15,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Curtain Airbag System

The curtain airbag system consistsof an airbag in the roof frame oneach side. This can be identified bythe word AIRBAG on the roof pillars.

The curtain airbag system istriggered in the event of an accidentof a certain severity. The ignitionmust be on.

The risk of injury to the head in theevent of a side impact isconsiderably reduced.

{ Warning

Keep the area in which the airbaginflates clear of obstructions.

The hooks on the handles in theroof frame are only suitable forhanging up light articles ofclothing, without coat hangers. Donot keep any items in theseclothes.

Page 56: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (16,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Airbag On-Off SwitchThe front passenger airbag systemhas to be deactivated if a childrestraint system is to be fitted onthis seat. The side airbag andcurtain airbag systems, the belttensioners and all driver airbagsystems will remain active.

Front passenger airbag system canbe deactivated via a lock on theside of the instrument panel, visiblewhen the front passenger dooris open.

{ Warning

Deactivate front passenger airbagsystem when the front passengerseat is occupied by a child.

Activate front passenger airbagsystem when an adult is on thefront passenger seat.

Use the ignition key to choose theposition:

U off = front passenger airbagsare deactivated and will not inflate inthe event of a collision. ControlindicatorU off illuminatescontinuously. A child restraintsystem can be installed inaccordance with the chart.

V on = front passenger airbagsare activated. No child restraintsystems can be installed.

As long as the control indicatorUoff is not illuminated, the airbagsystems for the front passengerseat will inflate in the event of acollision.

Change status only when thevehicle is stopped with theignition off.

Status remains until the nextchange.

Control indicator for airbag 0Airbag On-Off Light on page 5-16.

Page 57: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (17,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Child Restraints

Child Restraint SystemsWe recommend the GM childrestraint system which is gearedspecifically to the vehicle.

When a child restraint system isbeing used, pay attention to thefollowing usage and installationinstructions and also those suppliedwith the child restraint system.

Always comply with local or nationalregulations. In some countries, theuse of child restraint systems isforbidden on certain seats.

{ Warning

NEVER use a rearward facingchild restraint on a seat protectedby an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front ofit, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURYto the CHILD can occur.

{ Warning

When using a child restraintsystem on the front passenger'sseat, the airbag systems for thefront passenger's seat must bedeactivated; if not, the triggeringof the airbags poses a risk of fatalinjury to the child.

This is especially the case if rearfacing child restraint systems areused on the frontpassenger's seat.

Airbag deactivation 0 AirbagOn-Off Switch on page 3-16.

Selecting the right system

Children should travel facingrearwards in the vehicle as long aspossible. This makes sure that thechild's backbone, which is still veryweak, is under less strain in theevent of an accident.

Page 58: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (18,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Children under the age of 12 yearsthat are smaller than 150 cm(5 ft)are only allowed to travel in arestraint system that is suitable forthe child. Suitable are restraintsystems that comply with ECE44-03 or ECE 44-04. Since a properposition of the belt is rarely possiblewith a child that is smaller than150 cm(5 ft), we strongly advise touse an appropriate child restraintsystem, even though this might dueto the age of the child no longer belegally binding.

Check local laws and regulations formandatory use of child restraintsystems.

Never carry a child whilst travellingin the vehicle. The child will becometoo heavy to hold in the event of acollision.

When transporting children, use thechild restraint systems suitable forthe child's weight.

Ensure that the child restraintsystem to be installed is compatiblewith the vehicle type.

Ensure that the mounting location ofthe child restraint system within thevehicle is correct.

Allow children to enter and exit thevehicle only on the side facing awayfrom the traffic.

When the child restraint system isnot in use, secure the seat with aseat belt or remove it from thevehicle.

Note: Do not stick anything on thechild restraint systems and do notcover them with any other materials.

A child restraint system which hasbeen subjected to stress in anaccident must be replaced.

Please ensure that infants andchildren are seated in the rear seatsusing child restraints.

Until the children can use seat belts,please select a child restraintsuitable for its age and make surethe child wears it. Please see theinstructions on the relevant productsfor child restraints.

Page 59: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (19,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Child Restraint Installation Locations

Permissible options for fitting a child restraint system

Weight and age class

On front passenger seat

On rearoutboard seats

On rearcentre seatactivated airbag

deactivatedairbag

Group 0: up to 10 kgor approx. 10 months

X U1 U2 U

Group 0+: up to 13 kgor approx. 2 years

X U1 U2 U

Group I: 9 to 18 kgor approx. 8 months to 4 years

X U1 U2 U

Group II: 15 to 25 kgor approx. 3 to 7 years

X X U U

Group III: 22 to 36 kgor approx. 6 to 12 years

X X U U

1: Only if front passenger seatairbag systems are deactivated.If the child restraint system is beingsecured using a three-point seatbelt, ensure that the vehicle seatbelt runs forwards from the upperanchorage point.

2: Seat available with ISOFIX andTop-Tether mounting brackets.

U: Universal suitability inconjunction with three-pointseat belt.

X: No child restraint systempermitted in this weight class.

Page 60: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (20,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Permissible options for fitting an ISOFIX child restraint system

Weight Class Size Class Fixture

On frontpassenger

seat

On rearoutboardseats

On rearcentre seat

Group 0: up to 10 kg E ISO/R1 X IL (1) X

Group 0+: up to 13 kg

E ISO/R1 X IL (1) X

D ISO/R2 X IL (1) X

C ISO/R3 X IL (1) X

Group I: 9 to 18 kg

D ISO/R2 X IL (1) X

C ISO/R3 X IL (1) X

B ISO/F2 X IL, IUF X

B1 ISO/F2X X IL, IUF X

A ISO/F3 X IL, IUF X

(1) Move front passenger seat to most forward position or move forward until child restraint system does not haveany interference with front seat backrest.

IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIXrestraint systems of the'specific-vehicle', 'restricted' or'semi-universal' categories.

The ISOFIX restraint system mustbe approved for the specificvehicle type.

IUF: Suitable for ISOFIXforward-facing child restraintsystems of universal categoryapproved for use in this massgroup.

Page 61: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (21,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-21

X: No ISOFIX child restraint systemapproved in this weight class.

ISOFIX size class and seatdevice

A - ISO/F3: Forward-facing childrestraint system for children ofmaximum size in the weight class 9to 18 kg.

B - ISO/F2: Forward-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class 9 to 18 kg.

B1 - ISO/F2X: Forward-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class 9 to 18 kg.

C - ISO/R3: Rear-facing childrestraint system for children ofmaximum size in the weight classup to 13 kg.

D - ISO/R2: Rear-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class up to 13 kg.

E - ISO/R1: Rear-facing childrestraint system for young childrenin the weight class up to 13 kg.

ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems

In the past, child restraints havebeen attached to a vehicle's seat byseat belts. As a result, childrestraints were often installedincorrectly or too loosely toadequately protect your child.

We now equip your vehicle withISOFIX low anchorages at the tworear outboard seating positions andwith Top-tether anchorages in therear seat backward(Notchback-back of headrests /Hatchback-back of rear seatbackrest panels) allowing childrestraints to be attached to the rearseats.

Page 62: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (22,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-22 Seats and Restraints

To install a child restraint whichcomes equipped with ISOFIX lowand Top-tether anchorageattachments, follow the instructionssupplied with your child restraint.

Please take the time to carefullyread and follow all of theinstructions on the following pagesand the instructions supplied withyour child restraint.

Your child's safety depends on it!

If you have questions, or any doubtswhether you have installed yourchild restraint properly, contact thechild restraint manufacturer. If youare still having trouble installing thechild restraint in your vehicle, werecommend that you consult yourauthorised workshop.

Installation of ISOFIX child restraintsystems:

1. Select one of the rear outboardseating positions for installationof the child restraint.

2. Locate the two lower anchorpositions. The location of eachlower anchor is identified with acircular marking on the loweredge of the rear seat backrest.

3. Make sure there are no foreignobjects around lower anchors,including seat belt buckles orseat belts. Foreign objects caninterfere with the proper latchingof the child restraint to theanchors.

4. Place the child restraint on theseat over the two lower anchorsand attach it to the anchorsfollowing the instructionssupplied with the child restraint.

5. Adjust and tighten the childrestraint according to theinstructions supplied with thechild restraint.

Page 63: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (23,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-23

{ Caution

Unused child restraint systemcould move forward.

Remove child restraint system ifnot in use, or secure it withseat belt.

Note: Since a seat belt or childrestraint system can become veryhot if it is left in a closed vehicle, besure and check the seat cover andbuckles before placing a child there.

{ Warning

Use all ISOFIX low and top tetheranchorages for their designedpurpose only.

ISOFIX low and top tetheranchorages are designed only tohold child restraints which comeequipped with low and topanchorage attachments.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not use ISOFIX low and toptether anchorages to hold adultseat belts, harnesses, or otheritems of equipment in yourvehicle.

Using ISOFIX low and top tetheranchorages to hold adult seatbelts, harnesses, or other items orequipment in your vehicle will notprovide adequate protection in thecase of a collision and couldresult in injuries or even death.

{ Warning

Child restraint system placed inthe front seat could cause seriousinjury or death.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never install a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat of avehicle equipped with a frontpassenger air bag.

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint installed in the front seatcan be seriously injured if thefront passenger air bag inflates.

Secure a rear-facing childrestraint in the rear seat.

A front-facing child restraintshould be secured in the rearseat whenever possible.

If installed in the front passengerseat, adjust the seat as far backas it will go.

Page 64: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (24,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-24 Seats and Restraints

{ Caution

Full size rear facing child seatsmay not be suitable forinstallation. Contact your retailerfor information regarding suitablechild restraint systems.

Installation of child restraints withISOFIX low and top tetheranchorage attachments.

Top Tether ChildRestraint Systems

To access the Top-tether anchorpoints, do the following:

1. Remove the foreign objectsaround the top tether anchor.Notchback: Open the cover andpull the anchor upward.Hatchback: Remove the loadcompartment cover.

2. Attach the clip on the childrestraint's tether strap to theTop-tether anchor, making sureto remove any twists in thetether strap.If the position youare using has an adjustablehead restraint and you are usinga single tether, raise the headrestraint and route the tetherunder the head restraint and inbetween the head restraintposts.

If the position you are using hasan adjustable head restraint andyou are using a dual tether,route the tether around the headrestraint.

If the position you are using hasan adjustable head restraint andyou are using a single tether,raise the head restraint androute the tether under the headrestraint and in between thehead restraint posts.

Page 65: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (25,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Seats and Restraints 3-25

3. Tighten the child restraint'stether strap according to theinstructions supplied with thechild restraint.

4. Push and pull on the childrestraint after installation to besure the child restraint is secure.

{ Warning

Make sure the clip on the childrestraint's tether strap is properlyattached to the Top-tetheranchorage.

Incorrect attachment could renderthe tether strap and top tetheranchorage ineffective.

Page 66: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (26,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

3-26 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES

Page 67: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Storage 4-1

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Luggage/Load LocationsLoad Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Additional Storage FeaturesConvenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Information on Loading theVehicleInformation on Loading theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in the storagecompartments. Otherwise, thestorage compartment lid couldopen and vehicle occupants couldbe injured by objects beingthrown around in the event ofhard braking, a sudden change indirection or an accident.

Instrument Panel Storage

Storage below the instrumentpanel

Type 1

Page 68: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

4-2 Storage

Type 2

The storage is used for smallarticles, etc.

Coin box

Store your coins in a place.

Glove Box

To open pull the grip.

Page 69: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Storage 4-3

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or a sudden stop, alwayskeep the glovebox door closedwhile driving.

Cupholders

Type 1

Type 2

The cup holders are located in thefront console and rear part of thecentre console.

Page 70: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

4-4 Storage

{ Warning

Do not place uncovered cups ofhot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of thevehicle.

To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not placeuncovered or unsecured bottles,glasses, cans, etc., in the cupholder while the vehicle is inmotion.

Luggage/LoadLocations

Load Compartment

Folding down rear backrests

{ Warning

Do not stack luggage or othercargo higher than the front seats.

Do not allow passengers to sit onthe folded seat backrests whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Unrestrained load or passengerson a folded seat backrest can bethrown around within or ejectedfrom the vehicle in a sudden stopor accident. This can result inserious injuries or death.

To fold down the rear backrestseparately:

1. Pull up the front of the rear seatcushion to release it. If yourvehicle is equipped with rearseat head restraints, they mustbe removed.

2. Guide the released rear seatcushion to an upright position.

Note: To ensure enough room forrear seat cushion operation, slidethe front seat forward and adjust thefront seat backrest upright.

Page 71: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Storage 4-5

3. Pull up the release knob on topof the rear seat backrest andfold it forward and down.

4. Adjust the front seats to thedesired position.

To return the backrest to the uprightposition, lift it up and push it firmlyinto place.

Make sure the seat belts are notpinched by the latch.

To return the rear seat cushion, putthe rear part of the seat cushion inits original position ensuring that theseat belt buckle straps are nottwisted or caught under the seatcushion, then push the front part ofthe seat cushion firmly down until itlatches.

{ Caution

When returning rear seat backrestto the upright position, place therear seat belt and bucklesbetween the rear seat backrestand one cushion. Make sure the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

rear seat belt and buckles do notget pinched under the rear seatcushion.

Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackrest and are arranged in theirproper position.

{ Warning

Ensure that the rear seatbackrests are all the way backand locked in position beforeoperating the vehicle withpassengers on the rear seat.

Do not pull the release knobs onthe top of the seat backrest whilethe vehicle is moving.

It can cause injuries or damage tothe occupants.

Page 72: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

4-6 Storage

{ Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts.

Always unbuckle the seat beltsand return them to their normalstowed position before folding arear seat.

{ Warning

Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down backrests,while the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are availablefor use.

This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Objects carried on the foldeddown backrest should not extendhigher than the top of the frontseats. This could allow cargo toslide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.

Additional StorageFeatures

Convenience NetYou can carry small loads with youroptional convenience net.

To install the net, hang each loop inthe upper corner of the net to bothanchors of the back panel.

{ Caution

The convenience net is designedfor small loads. Do not carryheavy objects in yourconvenience net.

Page 73: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Storage 4-7

Roof Rack SystemRoof rack

For safety reasons and to avoiddamage to the roof, the vehicleapproved roof rack system isrecommended.

If you try to carry something on topof your vehicle that is longer orwider than the roof rack, the windcan catch it as you drive along. Thiscan cause you to lose control. Whatyou are carrying could be torn offviolently, and this could cause youor other drivers to have a collision,and of course damage your vehicle.Never carry something longer orwider than the roof rack on top ofyour vehicle.

The maximum load (include roofutility bar's weight) for the roof rackrails is 50 kg in the vehicle. Do notexceed the maximum vehiclecapacity when loading your vehicle.

Remove the roof utility bar orluggage, in the auto car washingfacility, in case of there are roofutility bar or luggage on theroof rack.

Information onLoading the Vehicle. Heavy objects in the load

compartment should be placedagainst the seat backrests.Ensure that the backrests aresecurely engaged. If objects canbe stacked, heavier objectsshould be placed at the bottom.

. Secure objects in loadcompartment to prevent sliding.

. When transporting objects in theload compartment, the backrestsof the rear seats must not beangled forward.

. Do not allow the load to protrudeabove the upper edge of thebackrests.

. Do not place any objects on theload compartment cover or theinstrument panel, and do notcover the sensor on top of theinstrument panel.

Page 74: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

4-8 Storage

. The load must not obstruct theoperation of the pedals, parkingbrake and gear selector lever,or hinder the freedom ofmovement of the driver. Do notplace any unsecured objects inthe interior.

. Do not drive with an open loadcompartment.

. The payload is the differencebetween the permitted grossvehicle weight (see identificationplate0 Identification Plate onpage 12-1) and the kerb weight.For the kerb weight in detail,refer to the technical datasection.

The kerb weight includesweights for the driver (68 kg),luggage (7 kg) and all fluids(tank 90 % full).

Optional equipment andaccessories increase the kerbweight.

. Driving with a roof loadincreases the sensitivity of thevehicle to cross-winds and has adetrimental effect on vehiclehandling due to the vehicle'shigher centre of gravity.Distribute the load evenly andsecure it properly with retainingstraps. Adjust the tyre pressureand vehicle speed according tothe load conditions. Check andretighten the straps frequently.

Page 75: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . . 5-3Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Power Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsSpeedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Control Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Transmission Display . . . . . . . . 5-15Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 5-15Airbag and Safety BeltTensioner Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-17MalfunctionIndicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Overdrive Off Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-18

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Tyre Pressure MonitoringSystem Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-19Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-19Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-19Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-19Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-20Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Trip ComputerTrip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Vehicle PersonalisationVehicle Personalisation . . . . . . 5-23

Page 76: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

Unlock lever, adjust steering wheel,then engage lever and ensure it isfully locked.

Do not adjust steering wheel unlessvehicle is stationary and steeringwheel lock has been released.

{ Caution

If a strong impact is delivered tothe steering column when thesteering wheel is adjusted or thelever is locked, it may causedamage to the parts related tosteering wheel.

Steering Wheel Controls

Page 77: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-3

The Infotainment system can beoperated by the controls on thesteering wheel 0 Overview onpage 7-3

Horn

Pressa.

Windscreen Wiper/Washer

Windscreen wiper

To operate the windscreen wipers,turn the ignition ON and move thewindscreen wiper / washer leverupward.

OFF: System off.

INT: Intermittent operation.

LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed.

HI : Continuous wipe, fast speed.

Page 78: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-4 Instruments and Controls

For a single wipe when thewindscreen wipers are off, lightlymove the windscreen wiper levertoward the INT position and releaseit. The lever will return automaticallyto its normal position whenreleased. The wipers will operatethrough one cycle.

Misting function

To operate the windscreen wipersonce in case of light rain or mist,lightly move the windscreen wiper /washer lever toward the INTposition and release it. The lever willreturn automatically to its normalposition when released. The wiperswill operate through one cycle.

{ Caution

Less than clear vision for thedriver can lead to an accidentresulting in personal injury anddamage to your vehicle or otherproperty.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not operate the windscreenwipers when the windscreen isdry or obstructed, as with snowor ice.

Using the wipers on anobstructed windscreen candamage the wiper blades, wipermotor and glass.

Check blades are not frozen towindows before operating in coldweather. Wiper operation whileblade is frozen can damage wipermotor.

Windscreen washer

Pull lever. Washer fluid is sprayedonto the windscreen and the wiperwipes a few times.

{ Caution

Do not operate the windscreenwasher continuously for morethan a few seconds, or when thewasher fluid tank is empty. Thiscan cause the washer motor tooverheat resulting in costlyrepairs.

Page 79: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-5

{ Warning

Do not spray washer fluid on thewindscreen in freezing weather.Using washer fluid and wipers infreezing weather may cause anaccident because the washer fluidcan form ice on a frozenwindscreen and obstruct yourvision.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

Rear window wiper/washer

To operate the rear wiper andwasher, push the lever toward theinstrument panel. Push once: thewiper will operate continuously atslow speed. To spray washer fluid,push the lever once more.

{ Caution

Less than clear vision for thedriver can lead to an accidentresulting in personal injury anddamage to your vehicle or otherproperty.

Do not operate the rear windowwiper when the tailgate window isdry or obstructed, as with snowor ice.

Using the wiper on an obstructedwindow can damage the wiperblades, wiper motor, and glass.

Check blade is not frozen towindow before operating in coldweather to prevent damage to thewiper motor.

At freezing temperature do notspray washer fluid on the rearwindow until it is warm.

Washer fluid can form ice on afrozen tailgate window andobstruct your vision.

Page 80: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-6 Instruments and Controls

{ Caution

Do not operate the windscreenwasher continuously for morethan some seconds, or when thewasher fluid tank is empty. Thiscan cause the washer motor tooverheat resulting in costlyrepairs.

Clock<Type 1>

<Type 2>

Time is shown in the cluster.

If the clock is not equipped in thecluster, time is shown in theinformation system.

Set time

<Type 1>

Push the CLOCK button of thecluster for more than 1 second.When the hour display flashes,adjust the current hour using theCLOCK button.

After approximately 1 second, theminute display will flashautomatically then adjust the currentminute using the CLOCK button.The setting will be finished withoutany operation a few seconds afteradjusting.

<Type 2>

Press MENU button until the lowerdisplay area flashes.

Press the SET/CLR button for morethan 2 seconds and then it shiftsinto the setting mode.

When the hour display flashes,select the hour by using thew orxbutton (if the hour display flasheswithout any operation for more than30 seconds, the time will return tothe setting mode entry time)

Press SET/CLR button afterselecting the hour and then theminute display is flashing.

Select the minute by using theworx button (if the minute displayflashes without any operation for

Page 81: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-7

more than 30 seconds, the time willreturn to the setting modeentry time).

Press the SET/CLR button after theminute setting is completed.

Power Sockets<Type 1>

<Type 2>

A 12 Volt power socket is located inthe front console.

Do not exceed the maximum powerconsumption of 120 Watts.

With ignition off, the power socketsare deactivated.

Additionally the power sockets aredeactivated in the event of lowbattery voltage.

Do not connect anycurrent-delivering accessories, e.g.electrical charging devices orbatteries.

Do not damage the outlet by usingunsuitable plugs.

Cigarette LighterType 1

Page 82: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Type 2

To operate the cigarette lighter, turnthe ignition switch to ACC or ONand push the lighter in all the way.

The cigarette lighter will pop outautomatically when it is readyto use.

{ Caution

Overheating the cigarette lightercan damage the heating elementand the lighter itself.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not press the lighter while it isheating. This can cause thelighter to overheat.

Trying to operate a malfunctioningcigarette lighter can bedangerous. If the heated cigarettelighter does not pop out within25 seconds, pull it out and consulta workshop to have it repaired.It can cause injuries and damageto your vehicle.

{ Warning

If you leave the vehicle with aninflammable explosive substance,such as a disposable lighter,inside the car in summer, it canexplode and cause fire due to anincrease of temperature in thepassenger compartment and the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

boot. Please ensure that noinflammable explosivesubstances are left or kept insidethe car.

{ Caution

The cigarette socket should onlybe used with the cigarette lighter.

If other 12 V power adapters areinstalled into the cigarette socket,fuse failure or a potential thermalincident may occur.

{ Caution

The barrel of an operatingcigarette lighter can becomevery hot.

(Continued)

Page 83: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Caution (Continued)

Do not touch the barrel of thecigarette lighter and do not allowchildren to operate or play withthe cigarette lighter.

The hot metal can cause personalinjuries and damage to yourvehicle or other property.

Ashtrays{ Caution

Cigarettes and other smokingmaterials could set them on fire.

Do not put paper or otherflammable items in the ashtray.

An ashtray fire can lead topersonal injury or damage to yourvehicle or other property.

The portable ashtray can be placedin the cupholders.

To open the ashtray, gently lift thelid of the ashtray. After using, closethe lid firmly.

To empty the ashtray for cleaning,slightly rotate the upper part of theashtray anticlockwise and remove it.

Page 84: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicators

Speedometer<Type 1>

<Type 2>

Indicates vehicle speed.

Mileometer<Type 1>

Page 85: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (11,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-11

<Type 2>

The odometer shows how far yourcar has been driven in kilometres ormiles.

There are two independent tripodometers, which measure thedistances your vehicle has travelledsince you last reset this function.. Type 1: The odometer, trip A

and trip B can be switched bypressing the TRIP button.

. Type 2 : Press MENU until theupper display area flashes. Theodometer, trip A and trip B can

be switched by pressing the up/downw orx buttons on theright side of the instrumentcluster.

Note: To reset each trip odometerto zero, press the TRIP button of thecluster more than 2 seconds.

Rev Counter<Type 1>

<Type 2>

Displays the engine revolutions perminute.

Drive in a low engine speed rangefor each gear as much as possible.

Page 86: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (12,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Fuel Gauge<Type 1>

<Type 2>

Displays the fuel level in the tank.

Never run the tank dry.

Because of the fuel remaining in thetank, the top-up quantity may beless than the specified tankcapacity.

Movement of the fuel within the fueltank causes the fuel gauge pointerto move when you brake, accelerateor turn.

{ Danger

Before refuelling, stop vehicle andswitch off the engine.

Control Indicators

Control indicators

The control indicators described arenot present in all vehicles. Thedescription applies to all instrumentversions. When the ignition isswitched on, most control indicatorswill illuminate briefly as afunctionality test.

The control indicator colours mean:

red : danger, important reminder

yellow : warning, information, fault

green : confirmation of activation

blue : confirmation of activation

Page 87: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (13,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Control indicators in the instrument cluster (Type 1)

Page 88: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (14,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Control indicators in the instrument cluster (Type 2)

Page 89: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (15,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Control indicators in the centreconsole

Transmission Display

Transmission display (Type 1)

A/T illuminates red.

When the ignition is switched on, itilluminates for approximately3 seconds and should go out, toconfirm that the automatictransmission is operational.

{ Caution

If it does not come on, or if it doesnot go out after about 3 seconds,or if it comes on while driving, itmeans that there is a malfunctionin the system.

Vehicle should be taken to anauthorised repairer as soon aspossible.

IndicatorG flashes green.

Flashes

The control indicator flashes if anindicator or the hazard lights areactivated.

Rapid flashing: failure of anindicator light or associated fuse.

Bulb replacement 0 Headlights onpage 10-19

Fuses 0 Fuses on page 10-24

Indicators0 Indicator Signals onpage 6-4

Seat Belt Reminders

Seat belt reminder on frontseats

> for driver's seat illuminates orflashes red.

C for front passenger seatilluminates or flashes red, whenseat is occupied.

1. After the ignition has beenswitched ON, the controlindicator illuminates until theseat belt is fastened.

2. After the engine is running, thecontrol indicator flashes for100 seconds and thenilluminates until the seat belt isfastened.

3. If the vehicle moves more than250 m (0.15 mile) or the speedis over 22 km/h (14 mph) with

Page 90: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (16,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-16 Instruments and Controls

unfastened seat belt, the controlindicator will flash and the chimewill sound for 100 seconds.

After 100 seconds, the indicator willilluminate until the seat belt isfastened, and the chime will go off.

Seat belt status on rear seats

> for rear seats illuminates orflashes red.

1. When engine is running with alldoors closed and the vehiclespeed is less than 10 km/h(6 mph), the rear seat beltindicators illuminate until thebelts are fastened. In case thatnobody occupies on the seats,this behaviour is still applied.

2. If the vehicle speed is over10 km/h (6 mph) with all doorsclosed, unfastened rear seat beltindicators will illuminate for35 seconds and go offregardless of occupancy of therear seats. If a rear seat beltbecomes fastened, the other

unfastened belt indicator willilluminate again for 35 secondsand go off.

3. If any rear seat belt statuschanges from fastened tounfastened when the vehiclespeed is over 10 km/h (6 mph)and all doors closed, the beltindicator will flash until the seatbelt is fastened and a chime willsound 4 times.

Three-point seat belt 0 Three-PointSeat belt on page 3-8

Airbag and Safety BeltTensioner Light9 illuminates red.

When the ignition is switched on,the control indicator illuminates for afew seconds. If it does notilluminate, does not go out after afew seconds or illuminates whilstdriving, there is a fault in the airbagsystem. Seek the assistance of aworkshop. The systems may fail totrigger in the event of an accident.

Vehicle trouble or deployment of thebelt pretensioners or airbags isindicated by continuous illuminationof 9.

{ Warning

Have the cause of the faultremedied immediately by aworkshop.

Belt pretensioners, airbag system 0Front Airbag System on page 3-12

Airbag On-Off LightV illuminates yellow.

When the control indicatorilluminates the front passengerairbag is activated.

U illuminates yellow.

When the control indicatorilluminates the front passengerairbag is deactivated.

Airbag deactivation 0 Airbag On-OffSwitch on page 3-16

Page 91: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (17,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Charging System Light" illuminates red.

It illuminates when the ignition isswitched on and goes out shortlyafter the engine starts.

Illuminates when the engine isrunning

Stop, switch off engine. Battery isnot charging. Engine cooling maybe interrupted. Seek the assistanceof a workshop.

MalfunctionIndicator Lamp* illuminates or flashes yellow.

It illuminates when the ignition isswitched on and goes out shortlyafter the engine starts.

Brake System WarningLightJ illuminates red (Type 1).

$ illuminates red (Type 2).

Illuminates when the parking brakeis released, if the brake and clutchfluid level is too low or if there is abrake system fault. Brake fluid 0Brake Fluid on page 10-15

{ Warning

Do not drive with the brakesystem warning light on.

This may mean your brakes arenot working properly.

Driving with malfunctioningbrakes can lead to a collisionresulting in personal injuries anddamage to your vehicle and otherproperty.

Illuminates after the ignition isswitched on if the manual parkingbrake is applied. Parking brake 0Parking Brake on page 9-12

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light! illuminates yellow.

Illuminates for a few seconds afterthe ignition is switched on. Thesystem is ready for operation whenthe control indicator goes out.

If the control indicator does not goout after a few seconds, or if itilluminates while driving, there is afault in the ABS. The brake systemremains operational but without ABSregulation.

Antilock brake system 0 AntilockBrake System (ABS) on page 9-11

Up-Shift Light* illuminates when to shift to thenext higher gear for best fueleconomy.

Page 92: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (18,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Overdrive Off LightR illuminates yellow.

This indicator comes on when theoverdrive function is cancelled.

Pressing the overdrive button on theside of the selector lever knob againwill make the overdrive OFFindicator go off and activate theoverdrive function.

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) IndicatorLightd illuminates or flashes yellow.

Illuminates

A fault in the system is present.Continued driving is possible.Driving stability, however, maydeteriorate depending on roadsurface conditions.

Have the cause of the faultremedied by a workshop.

Flashes

The system is actively engaged.Engine output may be reduced andthe vehicle may be brakedautomatically to a small degree.

Electronic Stability Control 0Electronic Stability Control (ESC) onpage 9-13

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) Off Lightg flashes yellow.

The system is deactivated.

Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLightC illuminates red.

This light tells you that the enginecoolant has overheated.

If you have been operating yourvehicle under normal drivingconditions, you should pull off theroad, stop your vehicle and let theengine idle for a few minutes.

If the light does not go out, youshould switch the engine off andconsult a workshop as soon aspossible. We recommend that youconsult your authorised workshop.

Tyre Pressure MonitoringSystem Light7 illuminates yellow.

It illuminates when the ignition isswitched on and goes out shortlyafter the engine starts.

If 7 comes on while driving, the tyrepressure monitoring system detectsthat one or more of your tyres issignificantly under-inflated. Stop thevehicle in a safe place, check tyresand inflate the tyres to therecommended pressure on the tyreinflation pressure label.

Page 93: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (19,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-19

When the system detects amalfunction, 7 flashes for aboutone minute and then stays on forthe remainder of the ignition cycle.7 comes on until the problem iscorrected. Have the vehicle checkedby a workshop.

Engine Oil Pressure Light: illuminates red.

It illuminates when the ignition isswitched on and goes out shortlyafter the engine starts.

Illuminates when the engine isrunning

{ Caution

Engine lubrication may beinterrupted. This may result indamage to the engine and/orlocking of the drive wheels.

If the engine oil pressure warninglight comes on while driving, Pull offthe road, stop the engine and checkthe oil level.

{ Warning

When the engine is off,considerably more force isneeded to brake and steer.

Do not remove key until vehicle isstationary, otherwise the steeringwheel lock could engageunexpectedly.

Check oil level before seeking theassistance of a workshop. Engineoil0 Engine Oil on page 10-9.

Low Fuel Warning Light. illuminates yellow.

Illuminates when level in fuel tank istoo low.

{ Caution

Do not let your vehicle run outof fuel.

This can damage the catalyticconverter.

Catalytic converter 0 CatalyticConverter on page 9-4

Main-Beam On Light3 illuminates blue.

Illuminated when main beam is onand during headlight flash.

Main beam /dipped beam 0Headlamp Main/Dipped-BeamChanger on page 6-1

Front Fog Lamp Light# illuminates green.

Illuminated when the front fog lightsare on 0 Front Fog Lamps onpage 6-4

Page 94: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (20,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-20 Instruments and Controls

Rear Fog Lamp Lights illuminates yellow.

Illuminated when the rear fog light ison 0 Rear Fog Lamps on page 6-4

Door Ajar LightL illuminates red (Type 1).

U illuminates red (Type 2).

It illuminates when a door or thetailgate is open.

Trip Computer<Type 1>

<Type 2>

The trip computer provides thedriver with driving information suchas driving distance for remainingfuel, ambient temperature, averagespeed, and driving time.. Type 1: Each time you press the

MODE button of the cluster.. Type 2: Press MENU until the

lower display area flashes. Usew orx to scroll through themenu items.

Page 95: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (21,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-21

Driving distance forremaining fuel

This mode indicates the estimateddriving distance to empty from thecurrent fuel in the fuel tank.

The distance range is 50~999 km(31~620 miles).

The trip computer is able to registerthe refilled fuel of at least 4 litresor more.

If you fill the vehicle with fuel whenthe vehicle is on an incline or thebattery is disconnected, the tripcomputer will not be able to read theactual value.

When the driving distance forremaining fuel is less than 50km(31 mile), "—" will be displayed andflashed.

The distance can be differentdepending on driving patterns.

Note: As an auxiliary device, thetrip computer may have differenceswith the actual distance forremaining fuel according tocircumstances.

The driving distance for remainingfuel can be changed by the driver,the road and the vehicle speedbecause it is calculated according tothe changing fuel efficiency.

Average speed

<Type 1>

Page 96: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (22,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-22 Instruments and Controls

<Type 2>

This mode indicates the averagespeed.

The average speed is accumulatedwhile the engine is running even ifthe vehicle is not driven.

The average speed range is0~180 km/h (0~111 mph).

To reset the average speed to zero:. Type 1: press the MODE button

for more than 1 second.

. Type 2: Press the SET/CLRbutton for more than 1 second.

Driving time

This mode indicates the totaldriving time.

To reset the driving time to zero:. Type 1: Press the MODE button

for more than 1 second.. Type 2: Press the SET/CLR

button for more than 1 second.

The driving time is accumulatedwhile the engine is running even ifthe vehicle is not driven.

The driving time will be initialised to0:00 after being displayed to 99:59.

Ambient temperature

<Type 1>

Page 97: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (23,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Instruments and Controls 5-23

<Type 2>

Show the outside temperature.

Note: The driving distance forremaining fuel, average speed andambient temperature can differ fromthe actual distance according todriving conditions, driving pattern orvehicle speed.

VehiclePersonalisation

The vehicle can be personalised bychanging the settings in the Infodisplay.

Depending on vehicle equipmentsome of the functions describedbelow might not be available.

Press the CONFIG button, whenignition is ON and the infotainmentsystem is activated.

Setting menus are displayed. Toswitch the setting menu, turn theMENU knob.

To select a setting menu, press theMENU button.

To close or to go back to previous,press the BACK button.

The following menus can bedisplayed:. Languages

Page 98: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (24,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

5-24 Instruments and Controls

. Time Date

. Radio Settings

. Restore factory Settings

Language Settings

Change the languages.

Time and Date Settings

Infotainment system 0

Radio Settings

Infotainment system 0

Restore factory Settings

All settings are restored to initialsettings.

Page 99: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Lighting 6-1

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1Headlamp Main/Dipped-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Headlamp RangeAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Headlights When DrivingAbroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Interior LightingInterior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Lighting FeaturesBattery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-5

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

To turn the head and tail lights on oroff, twist the end of the combinationswitch lever. The light switch hasthree positions which activatevarious light functions as follows:

OFF : All the lights are off.

; : The tail lights, number platelights and instrument panel lightsare illuminated.

5 : The dipped beam headlightsand all of the above lights areilluminated.

The headlights will turn offautomatically when the driver's dooris opened after the ignition switch isturned to LOCK.

Headlamp Main/Dipped-Beam Changer

To switch from low to main beam,push lever.

Page 100: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

6-2 Lighting

To switch to dipped beam, pushlever again or pull.

Note: The headlight main beamindicator illuminates when theheadlights are on main beam.

{ Warning

Always switch the main beamheadlights to dipped beam whenyou approach oncoming vehiclesor other vehicles ahead. Mainbeam headlights can temporarilydazzle other drivers, which couldresult in a collision.

Flash-to-Pass

The lever will return to its normalposition when you release it. Themain beam headlights will stay onas long as you hold the combinationswitch lever toward you.

Headlamp RangeAdjustment

Page 101: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Lighting 6-3

To adapt headlight range to thevehicle load to prevent dazzling:turn knob 9 to required position.

0: front seats occupied

1: all seats occupied

2: all seats occupied and loadcompartment laden

3: driver's seat occupied and loadcompartment laden

Headlights When DrivingAbroadThe asymmetrical headlight beamextends visibility at the edge of theroad at the passenger side.

However, when driving in countrieswhere traffic drives on the oppositeside of the road, adjust theheadlights to prevent dazzling ofoncoming traffic.

Have the headlights adjusted by aworkshop.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)Daytime running light increasesvisibility of the vehicle in thedaytime.

Tail lights are not on.

Hazard Lights

Operated with the| button.

To activate the hazard lights, pushthe button.

To turn off the hazard lights, pushthe button again.

Page 102: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

6-4 Lighting

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

lever up: right indicator

lever down: left indicator

If the lever is moved past theresistance point, the indicator isswitched on constantly. When thesteering wheel moves back, theindicator is automaticallydeactivated.

Front Fog Lamps

To turn on the fog lights, make surethe dipped beam headlights are on.

Turn the ring on the middle of thecombination switch lever to ON. Toturn off the fog lights, turn the ring tothe OFF position.

Rear Fog Lamps

To turn on the rear fog light, twistthe end of the windscreen wiperlever when the dipped beamheadlights are on.

To turn off the rear fog light, twistthe end of the lever again.

Reversing LampsThe reversing light illuminates whenthe ignition is on and reverse gear isselected.

Page 103: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Lighting 6-5

Interior Lighting

Interior Lamps

Interior lights

Courtesy light

Operate rocker switch:

9 : always off until shut offmanually.

1 : automatic switching on whenyou open a door and off after doorsare closed.

! : always on, even when doorsare open.

Note: The battery can bedischarged if the lights stay on for along time.

{ Warning

Avoid using the courtesy lightwhile driving in the dark.

A lit passenger compartmentreduces visibility in the dark, andcould cause a collision.

Lighting Features

Battery Power Protection

Switching off electric lights

To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, some lights are turnedoff automatically if you open thedriver's door when the ignition isswitched to LOCK or ACC.

The courtesy lights will not beapplied with this function.

Page 104: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

6-6 Lighting

2 NOTES

Page 105: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-1

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

RadioAM-FM Radio (and DAB (onlyfor Type A)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

Fixed Mast Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

Audio PlayersCD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

PersonalisationPersonalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

PhoneBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . 7-49

IntroductionGeneral Information

The Infotainment system providesInfotainment in your car, using thelatest technology.

The radio can be easily used byregistering up to 36 AM/FM radio orDAB (only for Type A) stations withthe PRESET [1] ~ [6] buttons perevery six pages.

The integrated CD player can playaudio CD and MP3 (WMA) discs,and the USB player can playconnected USB storage devices oriPod products

The Bluetooth phone connectionfunction allows for the use ofwireless hands-free phone calls, aswell as a phone music player.

Connect a portable music player tothe exterior sound input to andenjoy the rich sound of theInfotainment system.

The digital sound processorprovides a number of presetequaliser modes for soundoptimisation.. Maximum output power: 25 W x

4 channels. Speaker impedance: 4 ohms

The system can be easily adjustedusing the carefully designedadjusting device, smart display, andmultifunctional menu dial regulator.. The "Overview" section provides

a simple overview ofInfotainment system's functionsand summary of all regulatorydevices.

. The "Operation" section explainsthe basic controls for theInfotainment system.

Page 106: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-2 Infotainment System

Screen Display The screen display may differ fromthe manual display since mostscreen displays differ according tothe device's set-up and vehiclespecification.

Page 107: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-3

OverviewType A: Radio/DAB + CD/MP3 + USB/iPod + AUX + BT

Type B: Radio + CD/MP3 + USB/iPod + AUX + BT

Page 108: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-4 Infotainment System

Page 109: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-5

1. Display

Display for Play/Reception/Menustate and information.

2. POWER [P ] button withVOLUME dial. Turn the power on/off by

pressing this button.. Turn the dial to adjust the

overall volume.

3. PRESET [1] ~ [6] buttons. Hold down any of these

buttons to add the currentradio station to the currentFavourites page.

. Press any of these buttonsto select the channel linkedto that button.

4. EJECT [Z ] button

Press this button and take outthe disc.

5. Disc slot

This is the slot in which compactdiscs are inserted or ejected.

6. FAVOURITE [FAV1-2-3] button

Press this button to select thepage of saved favouriteschannels.

7. INFORMATION [INFO] button. Press this button to view file

information when using theCD/MP3 or USB/iPod playmodes.

. View information about aradio station and thecurrently playing song whenusing the radio function.

8. © SEEK¨ buttons

. Press these buttons whileusing radio or DAB (DigitalAudio Broadcasting: onlyfor Type A) automaticallyseek stations with clearreception. You canmanually set thebroadcasting frequency byholding down thesebuttons.

. Press these buttons whileusing the CD/ MP3 or USB/iPod audio modes toinstantly play the previousor next track.

. You can hold down thesebuttons to quickly rewind/forward through thecurrently playing songs.

9. CD/AUX button

Press button to select CD/MP3,USB/iPod or AUX audiofunction.

10. RADIO BAND button

Press button to select AM/FMradio or DAB (Digital AudioBroadcasting: only for Type A)function.

11. TP button

While using the FM RDSfunction, turn the TP (TrafficProgramme) function on or off.

12. CONFIG button

Press this button to enter thesystem set-up menu.

Page 110: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-6 Infotainment System

13. TONE button

Press this button to adjust/select the sound set-up mode.

14. MENU button with TUNE dial. Press this button to

display the currentlyfunctioning menu orselect/practice set-upcontent and set-up values.

. Turn the dial to move/change set-up content orset-up values.

15. / BACK button

Cancel input content or returnto the previous menu.

16. PHONE [5 ]/MUTE [> ]button. Press this button to

activate Bluetooth mode/make a call.

. Hold down the button toturn the mute function onor off.

Steering wheel audio control:option

1. Volume [x ] +/- buttons

. Press the buttons toincrease/decrease thevolume step.

. Hold down the buttons toquickly up/down the volumelevel.

2. ¦ SEEK¥ buttons

. Press the button to changethe registered radio stationsor the music track beingplayed.

. Hold down the button tochange the favourite stationor rewind/forward throughthe currently playing songs.

3. Call [5 ] button

Press this button to make a call.

4. Hang up [K ]/MUTE [> ]button. Press this button to end

a call.

Page 111: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-7

. Hold down the button in anymusic play mode to turn themute function on/off.

Operation

Buttons and controlling device

The Infotainment system is operatedby using the function buttons,multifunctional dial, and the menuindicated on the screen display.

The buttons and control devicesused in the system are as follows.. The Infotainment system buttons

and dial. Steering wheel audio control

buttons

System on/off

Press the POWER [P ] button toturn the power on.. Turning on the power will play

the previously chosenbroadcasting station or song.

Press the POWER [P ] button toturn the power off.

Volume control

Turn the VOLUME [VOL] dial toadjust the volume.. The current sound volume is

indicated.. Turning on the Infotainment

system power will set thevolume level to its previousselection (when it is less thanthe maximum starting volume).

Page 112: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-8 Infotainment System

Volume limit by hightemperature

If the inside temperature of the radiois very high, the Infotainmentsystem will limit the controllablemaximum volume.

If necessary, the volume willautomatically decrease.

Tone settings

From Tone Settings menu, soundfeatures can be set-up differentlyaccording to the AM/FM radio orDAB (only for Type A) and eachaudio player's functions.

Press the TONE button when usingthe relevant functioning mode.

Turn the TUNE dial to select desiredtone control mode, and then pressthe MENU button.

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedesired tone control value, and thenpress the MENU button.

It is possible to initialise thecurrently selected item bylong-pressing the MENU button inthe tune configuration mode, or toinitialise all items of the tuneconfiguration mode by long-pressingthe TONE button.

Tone Settings menu. Bass: Adjust the bass level from

−12 to +12.

Page 113: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-9

. Midrange: Adjust the midrangelevel from −12 to +12.

. Treble: Adjust the treble levelfrom −12 to +12.

. Fader: Adjust the front/rearspeaker balance from front 15 torear 15 in the six speakersystem model.

. Balance: Adjust the left/rightspeaker balance from left 15 toright 15.

. EQ (Equaliser): Select or turn offthe sound style (OFF ↔ Pop ↔Rock ↔ Classical ↔ Talk ↔Country)

Select function

AM/FM radio or DAB (only forType A)

Press the RADIO BAND button toselect AM/FM radio or DAB (only forType A) function.

Press the MENU button to open theAM/FM or DAB menu that includesoptions for selecting broadcaststations.

CD/MP3/USB/iPod audio orexterior sound input (AUX) play

Repeatedly press CD/AUX button totoggle through the audio playerfunctions, the CD function for CD/MP3 discs, or the connected AUX/USB/iPod audio player. (CD/MP3 →AUX → USB/ iPod → CD/MP3→ ....)

Page 114: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-10 Infotainment System

Press the MENU button to open themenu with options for the relevantfunction or the menu of the relevantdevice.

Bluetooth hands-free phonedevice

Press the PHONE [5 ] button toselect the Bluetooth hands-freephone function.

Press the MENU button to openBluetooth with options for therelevant function.

Page 115: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (11,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-11

Radio

AM-FM Radio (and DAB(only for Type A))

Before using AM/FM Radioand DAB(10) RADIO BAND button

Press button to select AM/FM radio or DAB (DigitalAudio Broadcasting: only forType A) function

(14) MENU button with TUNE dial. Turn this dial to manually

find a broadcastingfrequency.

. Press this button toaccess the menu screenfrom the current mode.

(16) / BACK buttonCancel the input item orreturn to the previousscreen/menu.

(8) © SEEK¨ buttons. Press this button to

automatically search foravailable radio or DAB(Digital AudioBroadcasting: only forType A) stations.

. Hold down this button tochange the radio or DAB(only for Type A)frequency as desired,and then let the buttongo to stop at the currentfrequency.

(6) FAVOURITE [FAV1-2-3]buttonPress this button to movethrough the pages of savedfavourite radio or DAB (onlyfor Type A) stations.

(3) PRESET [1] ~ [6] buttons. Hold down any of these

PRESET buttons toregister the current radioor DAB (only for Type A)station to that button.

. Press this button toselect the stationregistered to thePRESET button.

(11) TP buttonWhile using the FM RDSfunction, turn the TP (TrafficProgramme) function onor off.

(7) INFORMATION [INFO]buttonView the information forbroadcast radio or DAB (onlyfor Type A) stations.

(16) MUTE [> ] buttonHold down the button to turnthe mute function on or off.

Page 116: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (12,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-12 Infotainment System

Listening to radio or DAB (onlyfor Type A) station

Selecting the radio or DAB mode

Repeatedly press the RADIO BANDbutton to select the AM/FM radio orDAB band.. The previously chosen

broadcasting station will bereceived.

Searching for radio stationautomatically

Press the © SEEK¨ buttons toautomatically search for availableradio stations with good reception.

Seeking for DAB servicecomponent automatically (only forType A)

Press the © SEEK¨ buttons toautomatically seek for availableDAB service component in currentensemble.

To skip to the previous/nextensemble, press the © SEEK¨buttons.

Page 117: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (13,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-13

Seeking for radio station

Hold down the © SEEK¨ buttons toquickly change the frequency, andthen release the button at thedesired frequency.

Seeking for DAB ensemble (onlyfor Type A)

Press and hold the © SEEK¨buttons to automatically seek foravailable DAB service componentwith good reception.

Linking the DAB service (only forType A)

[DAB-DAB on/DAB-FM off]

Page 118: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (14,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-14 Infotainment System

[DAB-DAB off/DAB-FM on]

[DAB-DAB on/DAB-FM on]

When you set-up the Auto linkingDAB-FM is activated, if the DABservice signal is weak, theinfotainment system received thelinked service componentautomatically. [refer to Settings(press the CONFIG button) → Radiosettings → DAB settings → Autolinking DAB-FM]

Tuning a radio station manually

Turn the TUNE dial to manually findthe desired broadcasting frequency.

Tuning a DAB station manually(only for Type A)

From the DAB mode, press theMENU button to enter theDAB menu.

Turn the TUNE dial to select theDAB manual tuning, and then pressMENU button.

Turn the TUNE dial to manually findthe desired broadcasting frequency,and then press MENU button.

Page 119: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (15,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-15

Using the DAB stations list (onlyfor Type A)

Turn the TUNE dial to show theDAB stations list.. The Station list information will

be displayed.. If the stations list is empty, DAB

stations list updating is startedautomatically.

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedesired list, and then press theMENU button to receive the relevantbroadcasting channel.

Showing the DAB information(only for Type A)

Repeatedly press INFORMATION[INFO] button to select the desireddisplay mode for DAB stationinformation.

Using the PRESET buttons

Registering PRESET button

Press FAVOURITE [FAV1-2-3]button to select the desired page ofsaved favourites.

Hold down any of PRESET [1] ~ [6]buttons to register the current radioor DAB station (only for Type A) tothat button of the selectedFavourites Page.. Up to Favourites pages can be

saved, and each page can storeup to six radio or DAB stations.

Page 120: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (16,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-16 Infotainment System

. It is possible to set-up thenumber of the Favourites pagesbeing used in "Settings → Radiosettings → Radio favourites(Max. number of favouritepages)".

. If a new radio station isregistered to a PRESET [1] ~ [6]previously registered button, itsprevious content will be deletedand be replaced with the newradio or DAB station that issaved.

Listening to PRESET buttondirectly

Repeatedly press the FAVOURITE[FAV1-2-3] button to select thedesired FAV (Favourites)Presets Page.. The number 1 broadcasting

information of the selected FAV(Favourites) Presets Page willbe displayed.

Press a PRESET [1] ~ [6] buttonsto directly listen to the radio or DABstation (only for Type A) saved tothat button.

Using the radio or DAB (onlyfor Type A) menu

Press the MENU button to displaythe radio or DAB menu.

Turn the TUNE dial to move to thedesired menu item, and then pressMENU button to select the relevantitem or to display the item'sdetailed menu.

Page 121: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (17,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-17

AM/FM or DAB (only for Type A)menu → Favourites list

From the AM/FM or DAB menu, turnthe TUNE dial to select theFavourites List, and then pressMENU button.. The Favourites list information

will be displayed.

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedesired Favourites list, and thenpress MENU button to receiverelevant broadcasting channel.

AM/FM Menu → AM/FMstations list

From the AM/FM Menu, turn theTUNE dial to select the FM/AMstations list, and then press MENUbutton.. The station list information will

be displayed.

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedesired list, and then press theMENU button to receive the relevantbroadcasting channel.

FM or DAB(only for Type A) menu→ FM or DAB category list

From the FM or DAB menu, turn theTUNE dial to select the FM or DABcategory list, and then press theMENU button.. The FM or DAB category list will

be displayed.

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedesired list, and then press theMENU button to receive the relevantbroadcasting frequency.

Page 122: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (18,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-18 Infotainment System

DAB menu → DABannouncements (only for Type A)

From the DAB menu, turn the TUNEdial and move to the DABannouncements, and then pressMENU button.. The DAB announcement list will

be displayed.

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedesired lists, and then press theMENU button to receive the relevantbroadcasting frequency.

AM/FM or DAB (only for Type A)menu → Update AM/FM or DABstations list

From the AM/FM or DAB menu, turnthe TUNE dial and move to theUpdate AM/FM or DAB stations list,and then press MENU button.. The FM/AM/DAB broadcasting

list update will proceed.. During the AM/FM/DAB

broadcasting list update, pressthe MENU button or the /BACK button to stop it fromsaving changes.

RDS (Radio Broadcast DataSystem)

The Radio Data System (RDS) is aservice by FM stations thatconsiderably makes it easier to findradio stations with fault-freereception.

. RDS stations are indicated bythe programme name with thebroadcasting frequency.

Page 123: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (19,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-19

View RDS broadcastinginformation

While receiving RDS broadcasting,press the INFORMATION [INFO]button to check RDS broadcastinginformation that is being received.

Configuring RDS

Press the CONFIG button to displaysystem Settings menu.

Turn the TUNE dial to move to theRadio settings, and then press theMENU button.

Turn the TUNE dial to select RDSoptions, and then press the MENUbutton.

Switching RDS On and Off

Set the option RDS to On or Off.

The following advantages resultthrough activating RDS:. On the display the programme

name of the set station appearsinstead of its frequency.

. The Infotainment system alwaystunes into the best receivablebroadcasting frequency of theset station by means of AF(Alternative Frequency).

From the RDS options menu, turnthe TUNE dial to move to RDS Off,and then press the MENU button toturn On the RDS function.

Switching Regionalisation Onand Off

RDS must be activated forregionalisation.

At certain times some RDS stationsbroadcast regionally differentprogrammes on differentfrequencies.

Set the option Regional (REG) toOn or Off.

Page 124: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (20,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-20 Infotainment System

Only alternative frequencies (AF)with the same regional programmesare selected.

If regionalisation is switched off,alternative frequencies of thestations are selected without regardto regional programmes.

From the RDS options menu, turnthe TUNE dial to move to RegionalOff, and then press the MENUbutton to turn On the Regionalfunction.

Switching the Text scrollfreeze On and Off

To switch the Text scroll freezefunction (for displaying theinformation of programme service)On or Off.

From the RDS options menu, turnthe TUNE dial to move to Text scrollfreeze Off, and then press theMENU button to turn on the Textscroll freeze function (On).

Volume of the trafficannouncements (TA)

The minimum volume of the trafficannouncements (TA) can be preset.

The minimum volume of the trafficannouncements can be increased orreduced in comparison to thenormal audio volume.

From the RDS options menu, turnthe TUNE dial to move to TAvolume, and then press the MENUbutton.

Page 125: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (21,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-21

Turn the TUNE dial to adjust the TAvolume level, and then press theMENU button.

Radio traffic service (TP =Traffic Programme)

Radio traffic service stations areRDS stations that broadcasttraffic news.

Switching the Traffic Announcementstandby facility of the infotainmentsystem On and Off:

Press the TP button to turn theTraffic programme service functionactivate or deactivate.. If the radio traffic service is

switched on, then [ ] is displayedin the radio main menu.

. If the current station is not aradio traffic service station, thena search is automatically startedfor the next radio traffic servicestation.

. Once a radio traffic servicestation has been found, [TP] isdisplayed in the radiomain menu.

. If the radio traffic service isswitched on, then CD/MP3/USB/iPod music or AUX replay isinterrupted for the duration of thetraffic announcement.

Blocking out trafficannouncements

To block out a traffic announcement,e.g. during CD/MP3 replay or radioreception:

Page 126: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (22,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-22 Infotainment System

Press the TP button.

Switch on the radio traffic serviceand fully turn down the volume ofthe Infotainment system.. The traffic announcement is

aborted, but the radio trafficservice remains switched on.

Blocking out current trafficannouncements

To block out a current trafficannouncement e.g. during TA radioreception:

Press the TP button.

Fixed Mast AerialOnly for Type A

Only for Type B

To remove the roof aerial, rotate itanticlockwise. To install the roofaerial, rotate it clockwise.

{ Caution

Be sure to remove the aerialbefore entering a place with a lowceiling or it may be damaged.

Entering the automatic car washwith the aerial installed may resultin damage to the aerial or the roof

(Continued)

Page 127: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (23,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-23

Caution (Continued)

panel. Be sure to remove youraerial before entering theautomatic car wash.

Install the aerial fully tightened andadjusted to the upright position toensure proper reception.

Audio Players

CD PlayerThe CD/MP3 player of this systemcan play audio CD and MP3 (WMA)discs.

Before using CD player

Important information about audioCD and MP3 (WMA) discs

{ Caution

In any case, do not insert anyDVDs, mini discs with a diameterof 8cm, or discs with abnormalsurfaces in this CD/MP3 (WMA)player.

Do not put any stickers on thedisc surface. Such discs may bestuck in the CD player anddamage the drive device. If thisoccurs, then the device will needto be replaced at high cost.

. An audio CD disc with ananti-piracy function with nocompatibility with the audio CDstandard may not work properlyor at all.

. CD-R and CD-RW discs that aremanually recorded are easier tobe handled with carelessnessthan the original CD discs.

Manually recorded CD-R andCD-RW discs should especiallybe handled with care. Pleaserefer to the following.

. Manually recorded CD-R andCD-RW discs many not playproperly or at all.

In such cases, this is not aproblem with the device.

. When changing discs, take careto not smear any fingerprints onthe playing side.

. After removing the disc from theCD/MP3 player, make sure toimmediately put the disc into a

Page 128: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (24,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-24 Infotainment System

disc sleeve to prevent it frombeing damaged or smearedwith dust.

. If the disc is smeared with dustor liquid, then this may causeproblems by contaminating thelens of the CD/MP3 player insidethe device.

. Protect the disc from heat andexposure to direct light.

Usable disc type. This product can play Audio CD/

MP3 (WMA) discs.

‐ CD-DA: CD-R/CD-RW

‐ MP3 (WMA): CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROM

. MP3 (WMA) files below cannotbe played.

‐ File encoded in MP3i(MP3 interactive) or MP3 PROstandards

‐ MP3 (WMA) file encoded innon-standards

‐ MP3 files that are not inMPEG1 Layer3 format

Caution for using disc. Do not use any of the discs

described below. Excessive useof these discs in the player maycause problems.

‐ Discs with stickers, labels, or aprotective cell attached.

‐ Discs affixed with a labelprinted with an inkjet printer

‐ Discs that are made byover-burning, thus holdingdata exceeding the standardcapacity

‐ Discs with cracks or scratchesor are bent will not be playedproperly.

‐ An 8 cm disc or a non-circulardisc (quadrangle,pentagon, oval)

. Do not put anything other thandiscs in the disc slot since thismay cause trouble or damage.

. The disc player may not workproperly if the heater is turnedon in cold weather due tomoisture created inside thedevice. If this is a concern, keepthe product off for aboutone hour before use.

. Play may be stopped due to thevehicle shaking while driving onrugged roads.

. Do not forcefully take out orinsert the disc or block it withyour hand while it is beingejected.

. Insert the disc with the printedside facing up. It cannot beplayed if it is insertedupside down.

. Do not touch the recording sidewith your hand while handlingthe disc (the side without anyprint or decoration).

. Place discs that are not beingused in cases, and keep them ina place not exposed to directlight or high temperature.

Page 129: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (25,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-25

. Do not smear any chemicalsubstances on the disc. Cleandiscs of dirt with a moist, softcloth, wiping from the centre tothe edge.

Caution for using CD-R/RW disc. When using CD-R/CD-RW discs,

only the disc that has been"finalised" can be used.

. Discs that are created with a PCmay not play according to theapplication program set-up andenvironment.

. CD-R/CD-RW discs, especiallybulk discs, may not be work ifthey are directly exposed todirect light or high temperature,or if they are kept inside your carfor a long time.

. The title and other textinformation recorded on CD-R/CD-RW discs may not bedisplayed on this device.

. CD-RW discs may have longerloading times than CDs or CD-Rdiscs.

. Damaged music files may not beplayed or will be cut off whileplaying

. Some anti-piracy discs may notbe played.

. An MP3 (WMA) disc can have amaximum of 512 files for each ofthe 10 folder levels, and amaximum number of 999 filescan be played.

. This system can only recogniseMP3 (WMA) discs made inISO-9660 level 1/2 or in theJoliet file system. (It does notsupport the UDF file system.)

. MP3/WMA files are notcompatible with packet writingdata transmission.

. The disc on which MP3/WMAfiles and audio data (CDDA) arewritten may not be played if it isa CD-Extra or Mixed-Mode CD.

. The file/folder names that can beused per disc storage type areas follows, including thefour-digit file nameextensions (.mp3).

‐ ISO 9660 Level 1: Maximumof 12 characters

‐ ISO 9660 Level 2: Maximumof 31 characters

‐ Joliet: Maximum of 64characters (1 byte)

‐ Windows long file name:Maximum of 128 Characters(1 byte)

Caution for using MP3/WMAmusic files. This product can play MP3

(WMA) files with .mp3, .wma(lower case letters) or .MP3 and.WMA (capital letters) file nameextensions.

. MP3 files that can be played bythis product are as follows.

‐ Bit rate: 8 kbps ~ 320 kbps

Page 130: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (26,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-26 Infotainment System

‐ Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,44.1 kHz, 32 kHz (forMPEG-1), 24 kHz, 22.05 kHz,16 kHz (for MPEG-2)

. While this product can play fileswith an 8 kbps ~ 320 kbps bitrate, files with a bit rate above128 kbps will result in highquality sound.

. This product can display ID3 Tag(Version 1.0, 1.1, 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4)information for MP3 files, suchas the album name and theartist.

. To display album (disc title),track (track title), and artist (trackartist) information, the file shouldbe compatible with the ID3 TagV1 and V2 formats.

. This product can play MP3 filesusing VBR. When playing anMP3 file of this VBR type, theremaining time displayed may bedifferent from the real time.

Order of playing music files Playing CD/MP3(9) CD/AUX button

Select the CD/MP3 player.

(14) MENU button with TUNE dial. Turn the dial to move to

the track list, menu,or MP3 (WMA) trackinformation item.

. Press the button todisplay the menu screenfor the current item orcurrent mode.

(8) © SEEK¨ buttons. Press these buttons to

play the previous or nexttrack.

. Hold down these buttonsto rewind or fast forwardthrough the track, andrelease the button toresume playing atnormal speed.

(4) EJECT [Z ] buttonEject the disc.

Page 131: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (27,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-27

(7) INFORMATION [INFO]buttonDisplay the information forthe track being played.

(16) MUTE [> ] buttonHold down the button to turnthe mute function on or off.

(15) / BACK buttonCancel the input item orreturn to the previous menu.

Inserting and playing the CD/MP3 disc

Insert the disc to be played withprinted surface facing upward in thedisc inserting slot.

. Once the reading of discinformation is completed, it willautomatically play from track 1.

. When a non-readable disc isinserted, the disc willautomatically be ejected with thedisplay of a disc error message,and then the system will switchto the previously used functionor the FM radio.

When a disc to be played is alreadyinserted, repeatedly press CD/AUXbutton to select CD/MP3 play.. If there is no disc to be played,

"No CD Inserted" will bedisplayed on the screen and thefunction will not be selected.

. The track that was previouslyplayed will automatically play.

Page 132: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (28,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-28 Infotainment System

Eject disc

To end play, press the EJECT [Z ]button button to take out the disc.. When the disc comes out, it

automatically switches to thepreviously used function or theFM radio.

. The disc will automatically bereinserted if it is not taken out forsome time.

Changing playing track

Press the © SEEK¨ buttons in playmode to play the previous or nexttrack.. Using the Steering wheel audio

remote control, tracks can beeasily changed by pressing theSEEK button.

Or turn the TUNE dial to move tothe play track list, and then pressMENU button to instantly change it.

Page 133: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (29,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-29

Changing playing position

Hold down the © SEEK¨ buttonsduring play mode to rewind orfast-forward through the song.

Release the button to resumeplaying the song at normal speed.. The volume is slightly reduced

during rewinding andfast-forwarding, and the playingtime will be displayed.

View information on playing track

Press the INFORMATION [INFO]button in play mode to displayinformation about the track beingplayed.. If there is no information on the

playing track for audio CDs, thenthe system will display "NoInformation."

For MP3 (WMA) tracks, moreinformation can be viewed byturning the TUNE dial from the trackinformation display.. The information displayed

includes the file name, foldername, and ID3 Tag informationsaved with the song.

If incorrect ID3 Tag information(e.g. artist, song title) was addedto MP3 (WMA) files before theyare burnt to disc, this informationwill be displayed as is by theInfotainment system. IncorrectID3 Tag information cannot be

Page 134: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (30,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-30 Infotainment System

modified or corrected on theInfotainment system (ID3 Tagscan only be corrected on a PC).

. The information for songsexpressed in special symbols orin unavailable languages may bedisplayed as "——" or notdisplayed at all.

Using CD menu

Changing the playback mode

From the CD/MP3 play mode, pressthe MENU button to open theCD menu.

Turn the TUNE dial to select theShuffle songs or Repeat playbackfunctions, and then press the MENUbutton to turn the relevant functionsOn or Off.

CD menu → Track list

For Audio CD discs, turn the TUNEdial from the CD menu to select theTrack list, and then press the MENUbutton.

Turn the TUNE dial to find thedesired Track list, and then pressthe MENU button to play theselected track.

Page 135: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (31,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-31

CD menu → Folders

For MP3 (WMA) disc, turn theTUNE dial from the CD menu tomove to the Folders, and then pressthe MENU button

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedesired folder, and then press theMENU button.

Turn the TUNE dial to find thedesired track, and then press theMENU button to play the selectedtrack from the selected folder.

CD menu → Search ...

For MP3 [WMA] disc, turn the TUNEdial from the CD menu, move to theSearch ..., and then press theMENU button.. After the system reads the disc

information, the first song of theplaylist [iP] will be displayed.

. If there are no music files in theplaylist [iP], the first song foreach artist [iA] will be displayed.

. However, it may take a long timeto read the disc depending onthe number of music files.

Page 136: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (32,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-32 Infotainment System

Press the MENU button again, andfrom the displayed search item, turnthe TUNE dial to select the desiredsearch item.. The number of relevant songs

will be displayed by Playlist [iP]/Artist [iA]/Album [iL]/Title [iS]/Genre [iG].

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedetailed classification item, and thenpress the MENU button.

Turn the TUNE dial to find thedesired track/title, and then pressthe MENU button to play theselected track.

Auxiliary Devices

USB player

Cautions for using USB devices. Operation cannot be guaranteed

if the HDD built-in USB massstorage device or CF or SDmemory card is connected by

Page 137: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (33,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-33

using a USB adaptor. Use aUSB or flash memory typestorage device.

. Take caution to avoid staticelectricity discharge whenconnecting or disconnecting theUSB. If connection anddisconnection are repeatedmany times in a short time, thismay cause a problem in usingthe device.

. To separate the USB device, usethe "USB menu → RemoveUSB" by using the MENU buttonwith TUNE dial to carry outremoval of the USB.

. Operation is not guaranteed ifthe connecting terminal of theUSB device is not metal.

. Connection with i-Stick TypeUSB storage devices may befaulty due to vehicle vibration, sotheir operation cannot beguaranteed.

. Be careful not to touch the USBconnecting terminal with anobject or any part of your body.

. The USB storage device canonly be recognised when it isformatted in FAT16/32 fileformat. Only devices with anallocated unit size of 512 Byte/Sector or 2,048 Byte/Sector canbe used. NTFS and other filesystems cannot be recognised.

. According to the type andcapacity of the USB storagedevice and the type of the storedfile, the time it takes to recognisethe files may differ. This is not aproblem with the product in thiscase, so please wait for the filesto be processed.

. Files in some USB storagedevices may not be recogniseddue to compatibility problems,and connections with a memoryreader or a USB hub are notsupported. Please check thedevice's operation in the vehiclebefore use.

. When devices such as an MP3player, mobile phone, or digitalcamera are connected through amobile disc, it may not operatenormally.

. Do not disconnect the USBstorage device while it is beingplayed.

This may cause damage to theproduct or the performance ofthe USB device.

. Disconnect the connected USBstorage device when the vehicleignition is turned off. If theignition is turned on while theUSB storage device isconnected, the USB storagedevice may be damaged or maynot operate normally in somecases.

{ Caution

USB storage devices can only beconnected to this product for thepurpose of playing music files.

(Continued)

Page 138: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (34,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-34 Infotainment System

Caution (Continued)

The product's USB terminalshould not be used to chargeUSB accessory equipment sincethe heat generation using theUSB terminal may causeperformance issues or damage tothe product.

. When the logical drive isseparated from a mass USBstorage device, only the filesfrom the top-level logical drivecan be played for USB musicfiles. This is the reason that themusic files to be played shouldbe stored in the top-level drive ofthe device.

Music files in particular USBstorage devices may also not benormally played if an applicationis loaded by partitioning aseparate drive inside the USBdevice.

. Music files to which DRM (DigitalRight Management) is appliedcannot be played.

. This product can support USBstorage devices that are up to 16Gigabytes in capacity with a limitof 999 files, 512 folders, and 10stages of folder structure.Normal usage cannot beguaranteed for storage devicesthat exceed this limit.

Caution for using USB music files. Damaged music files may be

cut-off during playback or maynot be played at all.

. Folders and music files aredisplayed in the order of Symbol→ Number → Alphabet → ...

. A maximum of 64 Korean/English characters can berecognised for folder or filenames written in the Joliet filesystem.

About MP3 (WMA) music files. The MP3 files that can be played

are as follows.

‐ Bit rate: 8 kbps ~ 320 kbps

‐ Sampling frequency:

48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz (forMPEG-1)

24 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 16 kHz (forMPEG-2)

. This product displays MP3(WMA) files with the mp3, .wma(lower case letters) or .MP3 or .WMA (capital letters) file nameextensions.

. This product can display ID3 tag(Version 1.0, 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4)information about album, artist,etc. for MP3 files.

. The file/folder names that can beused according to storage typeare as follows, including the fourcharacter file nameextensions (.mp3).

‐ ISO 9660 Level 1: Maximumof 12 characters

‐ ISO 9660 Level 2: Maximumof 31 characters

Page 139: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (35,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-35

‐ Joliet: Maximum of 64characters (1 byte)

‐ Windows long file name:maximum of 128 characters(1 byte)

. This product can play MP3 fileswhich use VBR. When a VBRtype MP3 file is being played,the remaining time displayedmay be different from the actualtime remaining.

Main buttons/dial

The following main buttons andcontrols are used to play USB musicfiles.

(9) CD/AUX buttonPress the button repeatedlywhen the USB device isconnected to select the USBplay mode.

(14) MENU button with TUNE dial. Turn the dial to move to

the track list, menu orMP3 (WMA) trackinformation.

. Press the button todisplay the menu screenprovided by the currentitem or current mode.

(8) © SEEK¨ buttons. Press these buttons to

play the previous or nexttrack.

. Hold down these buttonsto rewind or fast forward,and then release to playat normal speed.

(7) INFORMATION [INFO]buttonDisplay the information of thetrack being played.

(16) MUTE [> ] buttonHold down the button to turnthe mute function on or off.

(15) / BACK buttonCancel the input item orreturn to the previous menu.

Connecting the USB storagedevice

Connect the USB storage devicewith music files to be played to theUSB connecting terminal.

Page 140: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (36,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-36 Infotainment System

. Once the product finishesreading the information on theUSB storage device, it willautomatically play.

. If a non-readable USB storagedevice is connected, then anerror message will appear andthe product will automaticallyswitch to the previously usedfunction or the FM radiofunction.

If the USB storage device to beplayed is already connected,repeatedly press the CD/AUX buttonto select the USB player.

. It will automatically play from theprevious playing point.

Afterwards, the functions of theUSB player are operatedsimilarly to CD/MP3 playback.

Afterwards, the functions of theUSB player are operated similarlyto CD/MP3 playback.

Ending USB music files playback

Press the RADIO BAND or CD/AUXbutton to select other functions.. To end play and disconnect the

USB storage device, use theUSB menu → Remove USBfunction to safely remove theUSB storage device.

Using the USB menu

The instructions for "Shuffle songs/Repeat/ Folder/Search ..." from theUSB menu are similar to the CD/MP3 player's CD menu; only the"Remove USB" item has beenadded. Refer to the CD/MP3 playerfunctions from the CD menu.

USB menu → Remove USB

Press the MENU button from theplay mode, to display theUSB menu.

Turn the TUNE dial to move to theRemove USB, and then press theMENU button to display themessage notifying you that it is safeto remove the USB device.

Disconnect the USB device from theUSB connection terminal.. Return to the previously used

function.

Page 141: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (37,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-37

iPod player

Main buttons/dial

The following main buttons andcontrols are used to play the iPodmusic files.

(9) CD/AUX buttonPress this button repeatedlywhen the iPod is connectedto select the iPod play mode.

(14) MENU button with TUNE dial. Turn the dial to move

and display the track listthat is playing.

. Press the button todisplay the menu screenprovided by the currentitem or current mode.

(8) © SEEK¨ buttons. Press these buttons to

play the previous or nexttrack.

. Hold down these buttonsto rewind or fast forward,and then release to playat normal speed.

(7) INFORMATION [INFO]buttonDisplay the track beingplayed.

(16) MUTE [> ] buttonHold down the button to turnthe mute function on or off.

Connecting iPod player

Connect the iPod with music files tobe played to the USB connectingterminal.. Some iPod/iPhone product

models may not be supported.

Only connect the iPod to thisproduct with connection cablessupported by iPod products. Otherconnection cables cannot be used.

Page 142: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (38,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-38 Infotainment System

. In some cases, the iPod productmay be damaged if the ignitionis turned off when it is connectedto the product.

When the iPod product is notbeing used, keep it separatelyfrom this product with the carignition turned off.

. Once the product finishesreading the information on theiPod device, it will playautomatically.

. If a non-readable iPod device isconnected, then the relevanterror message will appear and

the product will automaticallyswitch to the previously usedfunction or the FM radiofunction.

If the iPod device to be played isalready connected, repeatedly pressCD/AUX button to select the iPodplayer.. It will automatically play from the

previously played point.. The playback functions and the

information display items of theiPod player used with thisproduct may be different from

the iPod in terms of play order,method, and the informationdisplayed.

. Refer to the following table forthe classification items related tothe search function provided bythe iPod product.

Afterwards, the functions to playthe iPod are operated similarly toCD/MP3 playback.

Log-off iPod playback

To end playback, press the RADIOBAND or CD/AUX button to selectother functions.

Page 143: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (39,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-39

Using the iPod menu

From the iPod menu, theinstructions for "Shuffle songs/Repeat/Search... (including Audiobooks and Composers)" are similarto CD/MP3 player's CD Menu; onlythe "Remove iPod" item has beenadded. Refer to each item of CD/MP3 for use.

iPod menu → Remove iPod

Press the MENU button from theplay mode, to display theiPod menu.

Turn the TUNE dial to move to theRemove iPod function, and thenpress the MENU button to displaythe message notifying you that it issafe to remove the device.

Separate the iPod device from theUSB connection terminal.. Return to the previously used

function.

Exterior Sound (AUX) Input

Main buttons/dial

The following main buttons andcontrols are used to enjoy the richsound of the Infotainment systemfrom the sound output of aconnected exterior sound device.

(9) CD/AUX buttonWhen an exterior sounddevice connected, press thebutton to select the exteriorsound (AUX) input mode.

(2) POWER button withVOLUME dialTurn the dial to adjust thevolume.

(1-6)

MUTE [> ] buttonHold down the button to turnthe mute function on or off.

Connecting an exterior sound

Connect the audio output of theexternal audio equipment to AUXinput terminal.. The Infotainment system will

automatically switch to theexterior sound (AUX) input modewhen the exterior sound deviceis connected.

Page 144: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (40,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-40 Infotainment System

Press the CD/AUX button to switchto the exterior sound input mode ifthe exterior sound system hasalready been connected.

Turn the VOLUME [VOL] dial toadjust the volume.

PersonalisationMain buttons/dial

The buttons and dial used in thesystem set-up are as follows.

(12) CONFIG buttonPress this button to enter thesystem Settings menu.

(14) MENU button with TUNE dial. Turn the dial to move to

the menu or set-up item.. Press the button to

select/enter the detailedcontrol screen providedby the current menu orset-up item.

(15) / BACK button. Cancel the input item or

return to the previousscreen/menu.

How to use the Settings menu forpersonalisation. Settings menus and functions

may differ according to carmodel.

. Reference: Table of informationfor settings on the next page

[Example] Settings → Time Date→ Set date: May 25th 2013

Press the CONFIG button for theSettings menu.

Page 145: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (41,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-41

After referring to the Table ofinformation for settings on the nextpage, turn the TUNE dial to move tothe desired Settings menu, and thenpress MENU button.

. Indicates the detailed list for therelevant set-up menu orfunctioning state.

. If there is another detailed listfrom the relevant detailed list,you can repeat this action.

Turn the TUNE dial to attain thedesired set-up value or functioningstate, and then press MENU button.

. If the relevant detailed list ismade of several items, thenrepeat this action.

Set/enter the relevant set-up valueor the functioning state will change.

Page 146: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (42,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-42 Infotainment System

Table of information forsettings

[Languages]

Select the desired language fordisplaying.

[Time Date]

Set time: Manually set the hoursand minutes for the current time.

Set date: Manually set the currentyear/month/date.

Set time format: Select 12h or 24htime display

Set date format: Set the date isdisplay format.

YYYY/MM/DD : 2013 May 23DD/MM/YYYY : 23 May 2013MM/DD/YYYY : May 23, 2013

RDS clock synchronisation:Select On or Off

[Radio Settings]

Maximum start-up volume:Manually set max limit for thestart-up volume.

Radio favourites: Manually setyour Favourites page numbers.

RDS options: Set the RDS options.

‐ RDS: On/Off (activate ordeactivate the RDS function).

‐ Regional: On/Off (activate ordeactivate the Regional function).

Page 147: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (43,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-43

‐ Text scroll freeze: On/Off(activate or deactivate the Textscroll freeze function).

‐ TA volume: Set the TA volume.

DAB settings (only for Type A):Set the RDS options.

‐ Auto ensemble linking: On/Off(activate or deactivate the Autoensemble linking function).

‐ Auto linking DAB-FM: On/Off(activate or deactivate the Autolinking DAB-FM function).

‐ Dynamic audio adaption: On/Off (activate or deactivate theDynamic audio adaptionfunction).

‐ Band selection: Set the Both,L-band or Band III.

[Bluetooth Settings]

Bluetooth: Enter theBluetooth menu.

‐ Activation: Select On or Off.

‐ Device list: Select the desireddevice and select/connect/separate or delete.

‐ Pair device: Try pairing a newBluetooth device.

‐ Change bluetooth code:Manually change/set theBluetooth code.

Restore factory settings: Restoreall settings to the default settings.

Page 148: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (44,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-44 Infotainment System

Phone

BluetoothMain buttons/dial

The following main buttons andcontrols are used to play music filesor use the call functions via aBluetooth device.

(9) CD/AUX buttonWhen a Bluetooth devicewith a music player functionis connected, press thisbutton repeatedly to selectBluetooth audio play mode.

(14) MENU button with TUNE dial. Press the button from

Bluetooth phone mode todisplay the menu screen.

. Turn the dial to move tothe menu or set-upvalue.

(8) © SEEK¨ buttons. Press these buttons in

Bluetooth audio playmode to play theprevious or next track.

. Hold down these buttonsto rewind or fast forward,and release to play atnormal speed.

(15) / BACK button. Cancel the previous item

or return to theprevious menu.

(16) PHONE [5 ]/MUTE [> ]button. Press this button to

activate Bluetooth modeor make a call.

. Hold down the button toturn the mute function onor off.

Connecting Bluetooth

Registering the Bluetooth device

Register the Bluetooth device to beconnected to the Infotainmentsystem.. Firstly, set up the Bluetooth

device to be connected from theBluetooth settings menu toenable other devices to searchfor the Bluetooth device.

Page 149: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (45,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-45

Press the CONFIG button, and usethe MENU button with TUNE dial tomove to Settings → Bluetoothsettings → Bluetooth → Pair device,and then press the MENU button.. Bluetooth devices can be

registered not only by usingCONFIG button, but also byusing Phone menu → Bluetoothsettings → Bluetooth → Adddevice.

. If there already is a Bluetoothdevice connected to theInfotainment system, the"Bluetooth is busy" message willappear.

. Connection standby will bedisplayed with a message and asecurity code. (The initial valueis 0000, and can be changedfrom Settings → Bluetoothsettings → Bluetooth → ChangeBluetooth code item.)

The Infotainment system can befound by searching theto-be-connected Bluetooth device.

Enter the security code for theInfotainment system through theBluetooth device.

If the registration of device to beconnected to the Infotainmentsystem is successful, then thescreen will display the information ofthe Bluetooth device.

. The Infotainment system canregister up to five Bluetoothdevices.

. In some Bluetooth devices, it isonly possible to use it when"Always connect" item is set.

Connecting/Deleting/Separatingthe Bluetooth Devices

{ Caution

If there is a Bluetooth devicealready connected, that deviceneeds to be disconnected first.

Firstly, set up the Bluetooth deviceto be connected from the Bluetoothset-up menu to enable otherdevices to search for the Bluetoothdevice.

Page 150: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (46,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-46 Infotainment System

Press the CONFIG button, and usethe MENU button with TUNE dial, tomove to the Settings → Bluetoothsettings → Bluetooth → Device list,and then press the MENU button.

Use the MENU button with TUNEdial to move from the registeredBluetooth device to the device to beconnected, and then press theMENU button.

You can register by using the MENUbutton with TUNE dial, moving toselect the item, moving to delete theitem to delete, and then pressingthe MENU button.

. Disconnecting the currentlyconnected Bluetooth device,from the Device list screen,select the connected device,which will display Disconnectitem, and then press the MENUbutton.

Cautions for registering/connecting Bluetooth. When it is not possible to

connect to Bluetooth, delete theentire device list from theBluetooth to be connected, andtry again. If deleting the entire

Page 151: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (47,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-47

device list does not work, thenremove the battery andreconnect.

. If there is a problem after theBluetooth device is connected,use the MENU button with TUNEdial to carry out the Settings →Bluetooth settings → Restorefactory settings.

Initialise the device with theproblem caused by an error thatoccurred with the connection ofthe Bluetooth device and theInfotainment system.

. Sometimes, Bluetooth can onlybe connected throughhands-free or the Bluetoothaudio play functions despite astereo headset being connected.In this case, try and reconnectthe Infotainment system usingthe Bluetooth device.

. For Bluetooth devices that donot support stereo headsets, theBluetooth audio play functioncannot be used.

. It is not possible to listen to themusic through the Bluetoothaudio if an iPhone is connectedthrough a USB connector. Thisis because of the uniquespecifications of the mobilephone.

Bluetooth audio

How to play Bluetooth audio. A mobile phone or Bluetooth

device that supports A2DP(Advanced Audio DistributionProfile) versions over 1.2 mustbe registered and connected tothe product.

. From the mobile phone orBluetooth device, find theBluetooth device type to set/connect the item as a stereoheadset.

A musical note icon [e ] willappear at the bottom right of thescreen if the stereo headset issuccessfully connected.

. Do not connect the mobilephone to Bluetooth connectionterminal. An error may occur if itis connected during the CD/MP3 and Bluetooth audioplay mode.

Playing Bluetooth audio

Press the CD/AUX buttonrepeatedly to select the connectedBluetooth audio play mode.. If the Bluetooth device is not

connected, then this functioncannot be selected.

Page 152: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (48,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-48 Infotainment System

Activating the mobile phone orBluetooth device will play the musicfiles.. The sound played by the

Bluetooth device is deliveredthrough the Infotainment system.

. For Bluetooth audio to play, themusic must at least be playedonce from the music playermode of the mobile phone orBluetooth device afterconnecting as a stereo headset.After being played at least once,the music player willautomatically play upon enteringplay mode, and it willautomatically stop when themusic player mode ends. If themobile phone or Bluetoothdevice is not in the waitingscreen mode, some devices maynot automatically play inBluetooth audio play mode.

Press the © SEEK¨ buttons toswitch to the previous or next track,or hold down these buttons torewind or fast forward.

. This function only operates withBluetooth devices that supportAVRCP (Audio Video RemoteControl Profile) version 1.0 orabove. (Depending on theBluetooth device options, somedevices may display AVRCPbeing connected for the initialconnection.)

. The information about playingtrack and track position will notbe displayed on the Infotainmentsystem screen.

Cautions for playing Bluetoothaudio. Do not change the track too

quickly when playing Bluetoothaudio.

It takes some time to transmitdata from the mobile phone tothe Infotainment system.

. Do not change the track tooquickly when playing Bluetoothaudio.

It takes some time to transmitdata from the mobile phone tothe Infotainment system.

. If the mobile phone or Bluetoothdevice is not in the waitingscreen mode, it may notautomatically play despite beingcarried out from the Bluetoothaudio play mode.

If Bluetooth audio playback isnot functioning, then check tosee if the mobile phone is in thewaiting screen mode.

. Sometimes, sounds may be cutoff during the Bluetooth audioplayback.

The Infotainment system outputsthe audio from the mobile phoneor Bluetooth device as it istransmitted.

Page 153: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (49,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-49

Bluetooth error messages andmeasures. Bluetooth deactivated Check if

Bluetooth activation is set-up asON. The Bluetooth function canbe used upon turning onBluetooth activation.

. Bluetooth is busy Check if thereare any Bluetooth devicesconnected. To connect anotherdevice, disconnect any otherconnected devices first, andthen reconnect.

. Device list is full. Check if thereare less than 5 registereddevices. No more than 5 devicescan be registered.

. No phone book available

This message will be displayed ifthe mobile phone does notsupport contacts transmission.If this message appears afterseveral attempts, then thedevice does not supportcontacts transmission.

{ Caution

The message will be displayedwhen the transmission of contactsis supported while informationwith a device error is alsotransmitted. Update the deviceagain if this occurs.

. Phone book is empty Thismessage is displayed if nophone numbers are stored in themobile phone.

This will also be displayed if thephone log transmission issupported, but in a way that isnot supported by theInfotainment system.

Hands-Free Phone

Taking calls

When a phone call comes throughthe connected Bluetooth mobilephone, the playing track will be cutoff and the phone will ring with therelevant information displayed.

Page 154: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (50,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-50 Infotainment System

{ Caution

It is possible to transfer yourringtone depending on the mobilephones. Adjust the ringtonevolume of the mobile phone if thevolume is too low.

To talk on the phone, press Callbutton on the steering wheel audiocontrol or turn the TUNE dial tomove to the Answer function, andthen press the MENU button.

. To reject a call, press the Hangup/Mute button on the steeringwheel audio control or select theDecline by using the MENUbutton with TUNE dial.

. While conversing, it is possibleto block the transmitted soundby selecting the MuteMicrophone item by using theMENU button with TUNE dial.

. While conversing, hold down theCall button from the steeringwheel audio control to change tothe private call mode (somephones may not support theprivate call mode depending onthe phone's options).

. When a call is received with theInfotainment system andBluetooth is being connected,there are mobile phones that donot automatically change to theprivate call mode. This dependson the original specifications ofeach mobile phone.

Page 155: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (51,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-51

. When it is possible to useservices related to a third-partyconversation supported by thecommunications service providerthrough an application, it ispossible to make calls during acall through the Infotainmentsystem.

. While third or more-partyconversing, displaying contentsmay differ from practicalinformation.

Ending a call

To end the a call, press Hang up/Mute button on the steering wheelaudio control or turn the TUNE dialto move to the Hang up, and thenpress the MENU button.

Calling by Re-dial

From the steering wheel audiocontrol, press the Call [5 ] button todisplay the redial guidance screen,or hold down the button to displaythe caller log screen.

Turn the TUNE dial to select Yes orcontacts, and then press the MENUbutton or Call [5 ] button to makea call.

. If the mobile phone is not inwaiting mode, your phone mightnot support the redial function.This depends on the mobilephone's options.

. When making redialling anumber, the connected phonenumber will not be displayed.

Page 156: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (52,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-52 Infotainment System

. Depending on the mobile phone,there are cases in which the callis made through the call historyof the received or missed callsinstead of the redial mode. Thisdepends on the mobile phone'soptions.

Press the MENU button while thephone is connected to display theconnecting functions as shownabove.

Use MENU button with TUNE dial toselect the functions in the menu thatappears.

. While conversing on the phone,hold down the Call [5 ] buttonon the steering wheel audiocontrol to switch toPrivate Mode.

Calling by Entering numbers

To make a call by entering thephone number, press the MENUbutton and turn the TUNE dial toselect Enter number, and then pressthe MENU button.

Turn the TUNE dial to select thedesired letters, and then press theMENU button to enter the number.. Repeat this item to enter all

telephone numbers.

. Press the / BACK button todelete a letter one by one,or hold down the button to deleteall content that has beenentered.

. Refer to the following contents toedit the input contents.(1) Move: Move input position

Page 157: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (53,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-53

(2) Delete: Delete inputcharacter(3) Phone book: Searchcontacts (usable after updatingthe phone numbers)(4) Dial: Begin dial

After the telephone number hasbeen fully entered, turn the TUNEdial to select begin dial [5 ], andthen press the MENU button tomake a call.

To end a call, turn the TUNE dial tochoose the Hang up menu, andthen press the MENU button.

Using the Phone menu

Phone menu → Phone book→Search

Press the MENU button, turn theTUNE dial to select Phone book,and then press the MENU button.. A notification will appear on

screen, with no contacts to use,and you will be returned to theprevious menu.

Turn the TUNE dial to selectSearch, and then press the MENUbutton.

Turn the TUNE dial to select First orLast name, and then press MENUbutton.

Turn the TUNE dial to select searchterms/range, and then press theMENU button.

Page 158: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (54,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-54 Infotainment System

Turn the TUNE dial from the searchresults screen to select the desireditem, and then press the MENUbutton to view the details forthat item.

To call the relevant number, pressthe MENU button.. For more directions, refer to the

making phone calls item.

Phone menu → Phone book→Update

Update the contacts of theconnected mobile phone to thesystem's contacts.

Using the MENU button with TUNEdial, select the Phone menu →Phone book → Update, and thenpress the MENU button.

Page 159: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (55,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-55

Turn the TUNE dial to select Yes orNo, and then press the MENUbutton to activate or cancel update.

Notice for updating contacts. This function can be used with

mobile phones that supportcontacts update and the callhistory transmission function. (Ifthe product is connected to amobile phone that does notsupport these functions, the callhistory can be displayed throughthe Infotainment system.)

. Update is not supported for morethan 1,000 contact numbers.

. Be aware that hands-free andBluetooth audio playback will becut-off while proceeding withupdates for contacts. (Otherfunctions except for hands-freeand Bluetooth audio playbackcan be used.)

. To update your contacts, it ispossible to request for thetransmission certification forcontacts. If the waiting screendoes not change for a long time,you can check whether themobile is requesting forcertification. When requesting forcertification of the mobile phone,all Bluetooth connections will becut off if it is not accepted, andthen the device will bereconnected.

. When receiving the call history, itis possible to request for thetransmission certification for thecall history from the mobilephone. If the waiting screendoes not change for a long time,check whether the mobile isrequesting for certification.

When requesting for thecertification of the mobile phone,all Bluetooth connections will becut off if it is not accepted, andthen the device will bereconnected.

. If there is a problem in thestored information of the mobilephone, the contacts may not beupdated.

. The Infotainment system onlyuses information coded in UTF-8format.

Page 160: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (56,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-56 Infotainment System

. If other operations (game, mapsearch, navigation, etc.) areactivated during the contactsupdate or call historytransmission progress, theupdate/ transmission processmay not work.

This is because other operationsrunning on the mobile phone areaffecting the data transmission.

. When the contacts update or callhistory transmission iscompleted, all hands-free andBluetooth audio play modes willbe automatically disconnectedand then reconnected.

. If the Infotainment system getsturned off while conversing onthe phone, the call will betransmitted to the mobile phone.Some phones may need toset-up a call transmissionfunction beforehand, dependingon the type of the phone.

. If the user disconnects theconnection directly (using theInfotainment or mobile phone),the auto connection functiondoes not take place.

Auto-connection: This functionautomatically finds and connectsthe device that was lastconnected.

. The contacts may not alwaysdisplay all the lists on the phonewhen selected. The Infotainmentsystem only displays what hasbeen transmitted from the mobilephone.

. The contacts update can onlyreceive four numbers percontacts directory (MobilePhone, Office, Home, andOther).

. Changing the language set-upduring the contacts update willdelete all previous updates.

. If the mobile phone is not setwith a waiting screen, calls maynot be made to this Infotainmentsystem.

. If the OS of the mobile phonegets updated, it may changehow the phone's Bluetoothfunction works.

. Special characters andunsupported languages will bedisplayed as "____".

. Calls registered in the contactswithout any name will beindicated as "No number incontact."

. The Infotainment system willdisplay contacts, call history, andredial information as it istransmitted from the mobilephone.

Page 161: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (57,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-57

Phone menu → Phone book→Delete all

Every single phone number that hasbeen stored in the system contactswill be deleted.

Use the MENU button with TUNEdial to select the Phone menu →Phone book → Delete all, and thenpress the MENU button.

Turn the TUNE dial to select Yes orNo, and then press the MENUbutton to delete all contacts or tocancel.

Phone menu → Call lists

Check, use, or delete contacts.

Use the MENU button with TUNEdial to select the Phone menu →Call lists, and then press the MENUbutton.

Use the TUNE dial to select thedetailed call history, and then pressthe MENU button.

Turn the TUNE dial to check the callhistory and to make a call.

Press the MENU button to call theselected number from the callhistory.. If the "Please Wait" screen

continues to be displayed for toolong after selecting the call log,check if the mobile phone isrequesting verification of thetransfer of call numbers. Aftercompleting the mobile phoneverification procedures, the

Page 162: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (58,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-58 Infotainment System

contacts and the call log will betransmitted to the InfotainmentSystem.

. The call log from the mobilephone and the log displayed onInfotainment may be different.This Infotainment System showsthe information transmitted fromthe mobile phone as it is.

Phone menu → Bluetooth settings

Set-up Bluetooth function.

Use the MENU button with TUNEdial to select the Phone menu →Bluetooth settings, and then pressthe MENU button.

To activate the Bluetooth function,register/connect/delete theBluetooth device or change theBluetooth code, choose Bluetoothby using the MENU button withTUNE dial, and then use the MENUbutton to set up the desired item.

To set up the Ring tone and itsvolume used by the Bluetoothfunction, use the MENU button withTUNE dial to select Sound &

Signals, and then set up the desireditems with the MENU button withTUNE dial.. It is possible the ringtones you

already have are transferred tothe Infotainment Systemdepending on the mobile phone.For such mobile phones, it is notpossible to use the selectedringtone.

. For mobile phones that transferyour ringtones, the volume of theringtone will be based on thevolume transmitted from themobile phone. Adjust theringtone volume of the mobilephone if the volume is too low.

Page 163: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (59,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Infotainment System 7-59

To reinitialise the Bluetooth settingsto their default values, use theMENU button with TUNE dial toselect the Restore factory settingsitem, and then select Yes with theMENU button.

Page 164: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (60,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

7-60 Infotainment System

2 NOTES

Page 165: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsHeating and VentilationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Air Conditioning System . . . . . . 8-5

Air VentsAdjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Air Conditioning RegularOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Climate ControlSystems

Heating and VentilationSystem

<Type 1>

<Type 2>

Controls for:. Temperature. Air distribution. Fan speed. Heating. Defrosting windscreen

. Air recirculationM

. Heated rear window= 0Heated Rear Window onpage 2-16

Page 166: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

8-2 Climate Controls

Temperature

Adjust the temperature by turningthe knob.

red: Warm

blue: Cold

Heating will not be fully effectiveuntil the engine has reached normaloperating temperature.

Air distribution

Select air outlet by turning thecentred knob.

) : Air flow is directed to theupper body and floor.

6 : to foot well, with a smallamount of the air being directed towindscreen, front door windows andside air vents.

Y : to head area via adjustable airvents

- : to windscreen and foot well,with a small amount of the air beingdirected to front door windows andside air vents.

0 : to windscreen and front doorwindows, with a small amount of theair being directed to side air vents.

Fan speed

Adjust the air flow by switching thefan to the desired speed.

Heating

Normal heating

1. Type 1: Move recirculation leverto the right for therecirculation mode.

Type 2: Press the recirculationbutton for the recirculation mode.An indicator light comes on toshow that the recirculation is on.

2. Turn air distribution knob.

3. Turn fan control knob to desiredspeed.

Maximum heating

Use the maximum heating mode forquick heating of thepassenger area.

Do not use it for lengthy periods.It can result in an accident becausethe interior air may become staleand the windows may mist causingloss of driver's visibility.

To clear the windows:

Type 1: Turn the air distributionknob to0 and move therecirculation lever to the left to allowfresh air into the vehicle.

Type 2: Turn the air distributionknob to0 and set the recirculationmode to outside air mode to allowfresh air into the vehicle.

For maximum heating:

1. Type 1: Move recirculation leverto the right for therecirculation mode.

Type 2: Press the recirculationbutton for the recirculation mode.An indicator light comes on toshow that the recirculation is on.

Page 167: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Climate Controls 8-3

2. Turn temperature control knoball the way to the red area forheating.

3. Turn fan control knob tomaximum speed.

Defrosting the windscreen

<Type 1>

<Type 2>

1. Type 1: Set the recirculationmode to outside air mode andturn the air distribution knob toDEFROST0.

Type 2: Turn the air distributionknob to DEFROST0, then therecirculation mode is fixed tooutside air mode automatically.

The air conditioning systemoperates but the indicator light isnot changed.

2. Turn temperature control knob tored area for warm air.

3. Adjust the fan control knob tohighest speed for quickdefrosting.

4. Open side air vents as requiredand direct them towards the doorwindows.

Page 168: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

8-4 Climate Controls

{ Warning

The difference between theoutside air and the temperature ofthe windscreen can cause thewindows to mist up, therebyrestricting your front vision.

Do not use FLOOR/DEFROST-or DEFROST0 in extremelyhumid weather when thetemperature control knob is set tothe blue area.

This can lead to an accidentwhich can damage your vehicleand cause personal injuries.

Air recirculation system

<Type 1>

The air recirculation mode isoperated with theM lever.

<Type 2>

The air recirculation mode isoperated with theM button.

An indicator light comes on to showthat the recirculation is on.

* When operating in DEFROSTmode, recirculation is to be fixed tooutside air mode to provide fastclear vision condition of windscreen.

Page 169: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Climate Controls 8-5

{ Warning

Driving with recirculation mode forprolonged period of time canmake you sleepy. Periodically turnto the outside air mode forfresh air.

The exchange of fresh air isreduced in air recirculation mode.

In operation without cooling theair humidity increases, so thewindows may mist up. The qualityof the passenger compartment airdeteriorates, which may causethe vehicle occupants to feeldrowsy.

Heated rear window

The heated rear window is operatedwith the= button.

An indicator light comes on to showthat the feature is on.

Heated rear window 0 Heated RearWindow on page 2-16.

Air Conditioning System

{ Warning

Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in oxygencontent and/or body temperature.

Type 1

Page 170: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

8-6 Climate Controls

Type 2

Controls for:. Temperature. Air distribution. an speed. Demisting and Defrosting

. Air recirculationM

. Cooling#

. Heated rear window

Temperature

Adjust the temperature by turningthe knob.

red: warm

blue: cold

Air distribution

Select air outlet by turning thecentred knob.

\ : to head area and foot well

[ : to foot well, with a smallamount of the air being directed towindscreen, front door windows andside air vents.

E : to head area via adjustable airvents

- : to windscreen and foot well,with a small amount of the air beingdirected to front door windows andside air vents.

0 : to windscreen and front doorwindows, with a small amount of theair being directed to side air vents.

Fan speed

Adjust the air flow by switching thefan to the desired speed.

Demisting the windscreen

Type 1

Page 171: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Climate Controls 8-7

Type 2

1. Type 1: Set the recirculationmode to outside air mode andturn the air distribution knob toDEFROST0.

Type 2: Turn the air distributionknob to DEFROST0, then therecirculation mode is fixed tooutside air mode automatically.

2. Type 1: Switch on cooling#.

Type 2: The air conditioningsystem operates but theindicator light is not changed.

3. Select desired temperature.

4. Adjust the fan control knob tothe desired speed.

Air recirculation system

Type 1

The air recirculation mode isoperated with theM lever.

Type 2

The air recirculation mode isoperated with theM button.

An indicator light comes on to showthat the recirculation is on.

* When operating in DEFROSTmode, recirculation is to be fixed tooutside air mode to provide fastclear vision condition of windscreen.

Page 172: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

8-8 Climate Controls

{ Warning

Driving with recirculation mode forprolonged period of time canmake you sleepy. Periodically turnto the outside air mode forfresh air.

The exchange of fresh air isreduced in air recirculation mode.

In operation without cooling theair humidity increases, so thewindows may mist up. The qualityof the passenger compartment airdeteriorates, which may causethe vehicle occupants to feeldrowsy.

Cooling

Type 1:

Operated with the# button and isfunctional only when the engine andfan are running.

Type 2:

Operated with the# button and isfunctional only when the engine andfan are running. An indicator lightcomes on to show that the airconditioning is on.

* When operating in Defrost mode,A/ C switch comes on and is to befixed to A/C ON without indicatorstatus change.

The air conditioning system coolsand dehumidifies (dries) as soon asoutside temperature is a little abovethe freezing point. Thereforecondensation may form and dripfrom under the vehicle.

If no cooling or drying is required,switch off the cooling system tosave fuel.

The air conditioning will not operatewhen the fan control knob is in theoff position.

Even though the air-conditioning isturned on, the vehicle will producewarm air if the temperature knob isset to the red area.

To turn off the air conditioningsystem, turn the fan knob to 0.

{ Caution

Use only correct refrigerant

{ Warning

Climate control systems have tobe serviced exclusively byqualified personnel. Improperservice methods may causepersonal injury.

Normal cooling

1. Operate the air conditioningsystem.

2. Turn temperature control knob toblue area for cooling.

3. Turn the air distribution knob.

4. Adjust the fan control knob tothe desired speed.

Page 173: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Climate Controls 8-9

Maximum cooling

Type 1

Type 2

To achieve maximum cooling duringhot weather and when your vehiclehas been exposed to the sun for along time:

1. Operate the air conditioningsystem.

2. Type 1: Move recirculation leverto the right for therecirculation mode.

Type 2: Press the recirculationbutton for the recirculation mode.

3. Turn temperature control knoball the way to the blue area forcooling.

4. Turn fan control knob to highestspeed.

Air Vents

Adjustable Air VentsAt least one air vent must be openwhile cooling is on in order toprevent the evaporator from icing updue to lack of air movement.

The central vent is not closedcompletely.

Direct the flow of air by tilting andswivelling the slats.

Page 174: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

8-10 Climate Controls

Turn the knob anticlockwise to openthe side vents, and rotate it to thedirection you want.

If you do not want the flow, turn theknob clockwise.

{ Warning

Do not attach any objects to theslats of the air vents. Risk ofdamage and injury in case of anaccident.

Fixed Air VentsAdditional air vents are locatedbeneath the windscreen and frontdoor windows and in the foot wells.

Maintenance

Air Intake

Page 175: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (11,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Climate Controls 8-11

The air intake in front of thewindscreen in the enginecompartment must be kept clear toallow air intake. Remove anyleaves, dirt or snow.

Passenger CompartmentAir Filter

Passenger compartment airfilter

The filter cleans dust, soot, pollenand spores from the air entering thevehicle through the air intake.

Filter replacement:

1. Remove the glovebox.

To remove the glovebox, openand pull it up on each side.

2. Remove the filter cover bypulling up the cover.

3. Replace the passengercompartment air filter.

4. Assemble the filter cover andglovebox in reverse order

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.

Page 176: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (12,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

8-12 Climate Controls

Note: We recommend that youconsult your authorised workshop toreplace the filter.

{ Caution

More frequent maintenance of thepassenger compartment air filteris required if the drivingcircumstances are dusty roads,air pollution areas, and frequentunpaved roads.

The filter efficiency is decreasedand the bronchus is badlyaffected.The filter efficiency isdecreased and the bronchus isbadly affected.

Air Conditioning RegularOperationIn order to ensure continuouslyefficient performance, cooling mustbe operated for a few minutes oncea month, irrespective of the weather

and time of year. Operation withcooling is not possible when outsidetemperature is low.

ServiceFor optimal cooling performance, itis recommended to annually checkthe climate control system:. Functionality and pressure test. Heating functionality. Leakage check. Check of drive belts. Cleaning of condenser and

evaporator drainage. Performance check

{ Caution

Use only correct refrigerant

{ Warning

Climate control systems have tobe serviced exclusively byqualified personnel. Improperservice methods may causepersonal injury.

Page 177: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationControl of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-4Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Interruption of PowerSupply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Manual GearboxManual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

BrakesBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Ride Control SystemsElectronic StabilityControl (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Object Detection SystemsParking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

FuelFuel for Petrol Engines . . . . . . 9-16Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Fuel Consumption -CO2-Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

Driving Information

Control of a Vehicle

Never coast with engine notrunning

Many systems will not function inthis situation (e.g. brake servo unit,power steering). Driving in thismanner is a danger to yourself andothers.

Pedals

To ensure the pedal travel isuninhibited, there must be no matsin the area of the pedals.

Page 178: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-2 Driving and Operating

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Run-InUse the following precautions forthe first few hundred kilometres(miles) to improve the performanceand economy of your vehicle andadd to its long life:. Avoid full-throttle starts.. Do not race the engine.. Avoid hard stops except in

emergencies. This will allowyour brakes to bed in properly.

. Avoid quick starts, suddenaccelerations, and prolongedhigh-speed driving in order toavoid damage to the engine andto conserve fuel.

. Avoid full-throttle acceleration inlow gear.

. Do not tow any other vehicle.

Ignition Positions

0 (LOCK) = Ignition off

1 (ACC) = Ignition off, steeringwheel lock released

2 (ON) = Ignition on

3 (START) = Starting

{ Danger

Do not turn the key to 0 or 1position while driving.

(Continued)

Danger (Continued)

Vehicle and brake assistancewould not operate, causingvehicle damage, personal injuryor possibly death.

{ Caution

Do not leave the key in 1 or 2position for extended periodswhile the engine is not running.

This will discharge the battery.

Page 179: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-3

Starting the Engine

Starting engine with theignition switch

. Turn the key to position 1, movethe steering wheel slightly torelease the steering wheel lock

. Manual gearbox: operate clutch.

. Automatic transmission: Movegear lever to P or N.

. Do not operate acceleratorpedal.

. Turn the key to position 3,depressing the clutch pedal andfootbrake then release whenengine is running.

Before restarting or to switch off theengine, turn key back to 0.

{ Caution

Do not operate starter motor formore than 10 seconds at a time.

If the engine does not start, wait10 seconds before trying again.

This will prevent starter motordamage.

Parking. Do not park the vehicle on an

easily ignitable surface. The hightemperature of the exhaustsystem could ignite the surface.

. Always apply parking brakewithout pressing release button.Apply as firmly as possible ondownhill or uphill slopes.

Depress the foot brake at thesame time to reduce operatingforce.

. Switch off the engine andignition. Turn the steering wheeluntil the steering wheel lockengages.

. If the vehicle is on a levelsurface or uphill slope, engagefirst gear before switching off theignition. On an uphill slope, turnthe front wheels away fromthe kerb.

If the vehicle is on a downhillslope, engage reverse gearbefore switching off the ignition.Turn the front wheels towardsthe kerb.

. Lock the vehicle and activate theanti-theft alarm system.

Page 180: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-4 Driving and Operating

Engine Exhaust

{ Danger

Engine exhaust gases containpoisonous carbon monoxide,which is colourless and odourlessand could be fatal if inhaled.

If exhaust gases enter the interiorof the vehicle, open the windows.Have the cause of the faultrectified by a workshop.

Avoid driving with an open loadcompartment, otherwise exhaustgases could enter the vehicle.

Catalytic ConverterThe catalytic converter reduces theamount of harmful substances in theexhaust gas.

{ Caution

Fuel grades other than those

listed on pages 0 Fuel for

Petrol Engines on page 9-16, 0Engine Data on page 12-3 coulddamage the catalytic converter orelectronic components.

Unburnt petrol will overheat anddamage the catalytic converter.Therefore avoid excessive use ofthe starter, running the fuel tankdry and starting the engine bypushing or towing.

In the event of misfiring, unevenengine running, a reduction inengine performance or otherunusual problems, have the causeof the fault rectified by a workshopas soon as possible. In anemergency, driving can becontinued for a short period,keeping vehicle speed and enginespeed low.

AutomaticTransmissionThe automatic transmission is anelectronically controlled four-speedtransmission.

Fourth gear is overdrive.

Starting the vehicle

1. After warming up the engine,continue to press the brakepedal while shifting the selectorlever to either the R, D, 2 or 1position.

{ Caution

Do not shift between D (Drive)and R (Reverse) or P (Park) whilethe vehicle is moving. This willcause damage to yourtransmission and personal injury.

2. Release the parking brake andthe brake pedal.

Page 181: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-5

3. Slowly press the acceleratorpedal to set the vehicle inmotion.

Selector Lever

P (PARK): Locks the front wheels.Select P only when the vehicle isstationary and the parking brake isapplied.

R (REVERSE): Select R only whenthe vehicle is stationary.

N (NEUTRAL): Neutral gearposition.

D: This drive position is for allnormal driving conditions. Allowsthe transmission to shift into all fourforward gears. Fourth gear isoverdrive which reduces enginespeed and noise level whileincreasing fuel economy.

2: Allows the transmission to shiftfrom 1st to 2nd gear and preventsautomatic shifting into 3rd or4th gear.

Select drive range 2 for more powerwhen climbing hills and for enginebraking when driving down steephills.

1: This position locks thetransmission in first gear.

Select 1 for maximum enginebraking when driving down severegradients.

{ Caution

Do not accelerate while engaginga gear.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Never depress the acceleratorpedal and brake pedal at thesame time.

When a gear is engaged, thevehicle slowly begins to creepwhen the brake is released.

Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.

Turn off the engine, apply theparking brake, and remove theignition key when leaving thevehicle.

Never leave the vehicleunattended while the engine isrunning.

Shifting between gearpositions

Movement between certain gearpositions requires pressing therelease button on the side of theselector lever.

Page 182: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-6 Driving and Operating

Follow the descriptions as indicatedby the arrows when shifting theselector lever.

Push the release button to shift.Arrows indicate shifts that do notrequire you to push the releasebutton.

Depress the brake pedal and pushrelease button to shift.

Shifts that require you to push therelease button are indicated byarrows.

Page 183: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-7

Shift freely.

{ Warning

To help prevent damage to thetransmission, observe thefollowing precautions:

Do not press the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P or N toR, D, 2 or 1.

To do so may not only damagethe transmission, but could causeyou to lose control of the vehicle.

Use D as much as possible.

Never shift to P or R while thevehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

When stopping the vehicle on anuphill gradient, do not hold thevehicle in place by pressing theaccelerator pedal. Use the footbrake.

Press the brake pedal whenshifting from P or N to R or aforward gear.

Otherwise transmission could bedamaged or vehicle could moveunexpectedly, causing driver tolose control of the vehicle,resulting in personal injury ordamage to the vehicle or otherproperty.

Engine braking

To help use the braking effect ofengine compression when drivingon a long downhill:

For automatic transmission, selectthe drive range "2" or "1" ifnecessary.

Engine braking is the most effectivein drive range "1". If drive range "1"is selected at too high speed, thetransmission remains in current gearuntil the vehicle slows down.

Select drive range "2" for ordinaryengine braking effect. For evengreater slowing ability, select "1".

Note: Use of engine compressionduring long mountainous descentsmay prolong the life of your brakes.

Rocking the vehicle

Rocking the vehicle is onlypermissible if the vehicle is stuck insand, mud or snow.

Move the gear lever between D andR in a repeat pattern.

Do not race the engine and avoidsudden acceleration.

Parking

After stopping the vehicle bypressing the brake pedal, engage Pand pull the lever up firmly and thenremove ignition key.

Page 184: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-8 Driving and Operating

Kickdown

For faster acceleration press theaccelerator pedal all the way downand hold. The transmission shifts toa lower gear depending on theengine speed.

Overdrive off

The fourth gear of your automatictransmission is an overdrive.

To cancel the overdrive function,press the overdrive button, and theO/ D OFF indicator in the warningtell-tale box will be ON.

The O/D OFF function can be usedwhen undesirable shifting to fourthgear happens such as on a longuphill gradient.

Note: In normal driving conditions,drive with the overdrive functionactivated for fuel economy.

FaultIn the event of a fault, themalfunction indicator light orautomatic transmission warning lightilluminates. The transmission nolonger shifts automatically normanually because it is locked in acertain gear.

Have the cause of the faultremedied by a workshop.

Interruption of PowerSupplyIn the event of an interruption ofpower supply, the gear lever cannotbe moved out of the P position.

If the battery is discharged, start thevehicle using jump leads.

If the battery is not the cause of thefault, release gear lever and removeignition key from ignition lock.

Page 185: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-9

Release gear lever

Your vehicle has a Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI)system. Before shifting frompark (P), the ignition must be ONand you must depress the brakepedal all the way down. If youcannot shift out of P with the ignitionON and the brake pedal depressed:

1. Turn the ignition off

2. Depress and hold the brakepedal and pull the handbrake up.

3. Open cover.

4. Insert a screwdriver into theopening as far as it will go andmove the selector lever out of P.Start the engine and shift intothe gear you want.

If P is engaged again, theselector lever will be locked inposition again.

5. Close cover.

6. Have your vehicle repaired assoon as possible.

Manual Gearbox

If the gear does not engage, set thelever in neutral, release the clutchpedal and depress again; thenrepeat gear selection.

Do not ride the clutch unnecessarily.When operating, depress the clutchpedal completely. Do not use thepedal as a foot rest.

{ Caution

It is not advisable to drive with thehand resting on the selector lever.

Page 186: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-10 Driving and Operating

Engine braking

For manual gearbox, downshift to alower gear in a sequential order.

{ Warning

Do not downshift your manualgearbox by two or more gearpositions at a time.

This prevents damage to yourtransmission or loss of controland personal injuries.

Note: Use of engine compressionduring long mountainous descentsmay prolong the life of your brakes.

BrakesThe brake system comprises twoindependent brake circuits.

If a brake circuit fails, the vehiclecan still be braked using the otherbrake circuit. However, brakingeffect is achieved only when thebrake pedal is depressed firmly.Considerably more force is neededfor this. The braking distance isextended. Seek the assistance of aworkshop before continuing yourjourney.

{ Caution

If one of the circuits fails, thebrake pedal must be pressed withgreater pressure and the brakingdistance may be increased. Havethe brake system checked andrepaired by a workshopimmediately. We recommend thatyou consult your authorisedworkshop.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

If the brake pedal can be pressedfurther than normal, the brakesmay be in need of repair.

Consult a workshop immediately.We recommend that you consultyour authorised workshop.

{ Caution

Do not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. To do so willaccelerate wear of the brakecomponents. The brakes mayalso become overheated,resulting in longer brakingdistance and an unsafe condition.

Page 187: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (11,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-11

{ Warning

After driving through deep water,washing the vehicle, or using thebrakes excessively when goingdown a steep hill, the brakes cantemporarily lose their stoppingpower. This may be due to wetbrake components oroverheating.

If your brakes temporarily losetheir stopping power because ofoverheating: Shift to a lower gearwhen going down hills. Do notcontinuously apply the brakes.

If your brakes temporarily losetheir power because of wet brakecomponents, the followingprocedure will help restore theirnormal performance:

1. Check behind you for othervehicles.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

2. Keep a safe forward speedwith plenty of space to yourrear and sides.

3. Gently apply the brakes untilnormal performance isrestored.

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)Anti-lock brake system (ABS)prevents the wheels from locking.

ABS starts to regulate brakepressure as soon as a wheel showsa tendency to lock. The vehicleremains steerable, even during hardbraking.

ABS control is made apparentthrough a pulse in the brake pedaland the noise of the regulationprocess.

For optimum braking, keep thebrake pedal fully depressedthroughout the braking process,

despite the fact that the pedal ispulsating. Do not reduce thepressure on the pedal.

Do not decrease your power whenpressing the brake pedal.

When you start the vehicle after theignition is switched on, amechanical sound can be heardonce. This is normal and shows thatthe ABS is ready to operate.

Control indicator! 0 AntilockBrake System (ABS) on page 9-11.

Fault

{ Warning

If there is a fault in the ABS, thewheels may be liable to lock dueto braking that is heavier thannormal. The advantages of ABSare no longer available. Duringhard braking, the vehicle can nolonger be steered and mayswerve.

Page 188: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (12,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-12 Driving and Operating

Have the cause of the faultremedied by a workshop.

Parking Brake

Always apply parking brake firmlywithout operating the release button,and apply as firmly as possible on adownhill or uphill slope.

To release the parking brake, pullthe lever up slightly, press therelease button and fully lower thelever.

To reduce the operating forces ofthe parking brake, depress the footbrake at the same time.

Brake AssistIf the brake pedal is depressedquickly and forcefully, maximumbrake force is automatically applied(full braking).

Maintain continuous pressure on thebrake pedal for as long as fullbraking is required. Maximum brakeforce is automatically reduced whenthe brake pedal is released.

Page 189: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (13,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-13

Ride Control Systems

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)Electronic Stability Control (ESC)improves driving stability whennecessary, regardless of the type ofroad surface or tyre grip. It alsoprevents the driving wheels fromspinning.

As soon as the vehicle starts toswerve (understeer/oversteer), theengine output is reduced and thewheels are braked individually. Thisconsiderably improves the drivingstability of the vehicle on slipperyroad surfaces.

ESC is operational as soon as thecontrol indicator d extinguishes.

When ESC is active d flashes.

{ Warning

Do not let this special safetyfeature tempt you into taking riskswhen driving.

Adapt speed to the roadconditions.

Control indicator d 0 ElectronicStability Control (ESC) IndicatorLight on page 5-18

Deactivation

For very high-performance drivingESC can be deactivated by pressingthe a button.

Control indicator g illuminates.

ESC is reactivated by pressing theg button again.

ESC is also reactivated the nexttime the ignition is switched on.

When the ESC system is activelyimproving the stability of the vehicle,reduce speed and pay extraattention to the road condition. TheESC system is only asupplementary device for thevehicle. When the vehicle exceedsits physical limits, it can no longerbe controlled. Therefore do not relyon this system. Keep driving safely.

Page 190: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (14,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-14 Driving and Operating

Object DetectionSystems

Parking Assist

The parking assist system assiststhe driver during backwardmovement of the vehicle by chimingif any object is sensed behind thevehicle.

This system can be turned onautomatically whenever the ignitionswitch is ON and the transaxle'sselector lever is in R.

This system is deactivated when thevehicle's speed is greater thanapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

If the alarm sounds when shiftingthe gear to R position, this indicatesnormal condition.

At this time, you can figure out thedistance between your vehicle andobstacles with the alarming sound.

However, do not confuse with thesound that continues when theobstacles are within 40 cm(16 inches).

{ Caution

If the following happens, thisindicates that there is amalfunction in the parking assistsystem. The alarm sounds 3times continuously when thereare no obstacles around the rearbumper. Consult a workshop assoon as possible. We recommendyour authorised workshop.

Alarm and sensingdistance Alarm

1st Alarmapprox. 0.8~1.5 m(30~60 inches) fromthe rear bumper

–beep–beep–

2nd Alarmapprox. within 80 cm(60 inches) from therear bumper

–beepbeepbeepbeep

3rd Alarmapprox. 20~40 cm(8~16 inches) from therear bumper

Alarmstays on

{ Caution

The parking assist system shouldonly be considered as asupplementary function. Thedriver must check the rear.

(Continued)

Page 191: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (15,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-15

Caution (Continued)

The audible warning signal canbe different depending on theobjects.

The audible warning signal mightnot activate in case the sensor isfrozen or stained with dirt or mud.

Do not push or scratch thesurface of the sensor. This willlikely damage the covering.

There is a chance of malfunctionof the parking assist system whendriving on uneven surfaces suchas woods, gravel roads, jaggedroads or slopes.

The parking assist system mightnot recognise sharp objects, thickwinter clothes or other thick andsoft materials could absorb thefrequency.

{ Caution

When receiving other ultrasonicsignals (metal sound or airbraking noises from heavycommercial vehicles), the parkingassist system may not workproperly.

Clean dirty sensors with a softsponge and clean water.

Such objects may not be detectedby the system at very close range(approximately 25 cm) anddistance within approximately 1m.

You should continue to keepwatching the mirrors or turningyour head backwards. Normalprecautions when reversingshould be maintained. Do notpress or shock the sensors byhitting or high-pressure water gunwhile washing, or the sensors willbe damaged.

{ Caution

The upper portion of the vehiclecan be hit before sensoroperation, so check with outsiderearview mirrors or by turningyour head during parking.

The parking assist system will beoperated correctly on verticallyflat surfaces.

Page 192: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (16,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-16 Driving and Operating

Fuel

Fuel for Petrol EnginesOnly use unleaded fuel thatcomplies with EN 228.

Usage of fuel with quality, notcomplying to the TechnicalRegulations in effect (Decree № 118of 27.02.2008 with amendments of30.12.2008№ 1076) can lead toengine damage and loss of allwarranty obligations.

Equivalent standardised fuels withan ethanol content of max. 10% byvolume may be used.

Use fuel with the recommendedoctane rating 0 Engine Data onpage 12-3. Use of fuel with too lowan octane rating can reduce enginepower and torque and slightlyincreases fuel consumption.

{ Caution

Use of fuel that does not complyto EN 228 or E DIN 51626-1 orequivalent can lead to deposits orengine damage and may affectyour warranty.

{ Caution

Use of fuel with too low an octanerating could lead to uncontrolledcombustion and engine damage.

Filling the Tank

{ Caution

If you use inappropriate gradefuel or put incorrect fuel additivesinto the fuel tank, the engine andcatalytic converter may beseriously damaged.

Be sure to use the correct fuel(petrol or diesel) corresponding toyour vehicle when refuelling.

(Continued)

Page 193: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (17,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-17

Caution (Continued)

If you fill Diesel in your petrolpowered vehicle, your vehicle canbe seriously damaged.

For safety reasons, fuelcontainers, pumps and hosesmust be properly earthed. Staticelectricity can ignite the petrolvapour. You can be burned andyour vehicle damaged.

{ Danger

Before refuelling, switch offengine and any external heaterswith combustion chambers.Switch off any mobile phones.

Electromagnetic waves orcurrency of mobile phones couldignite fuel vapours.

(Continued)

Danger (Continued)

Fuel is flammable and explosive.No smoking. No naked flames orsparks. Follow the operating andsafety instructions of the fillingstation when refuelling.

Remove static electricity on yourhands by touching somethingable to release static electricitywhen touching or opening fuelcap or refuelling nozzle.

Don't do any actions generatingstatic electricity like getting onand off vehicle when refuelling.Static electricity could ignite fuelvapours.

If you can smell fuel in yourvehicle, have the cause of thisremedied immediately by aworkshop.

1. Stop the engine.

Page 194: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (18,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-18 Driving and Operating

2. Pull up the fuel filler door releaselever located on the floor, leftfront side of driver's seat.

Pull up the fuel filler door releaselever located on the floor, rightfront side of driver's seat.

3. Turn the fuel filler capanticlockwise slowly. If a hissingsound is heard, wait for it to stopbefore completely unscrewingthe cap. The fuel filler door is inthe right rear quarter panel.

4. Remove the cap. The cap istethered to the vehicle.

5. After refuelling, replace cap.Turn it clockwise until you hearseveral clicks.

6. Push the fuel filler door closeduntil it latches.

Note: If, in cold weather, the fuelfiller door does not open, tap thedoor lightly. Then try to open itagain.

{ Caution

Wipe off any overflowing fuelimmediately.

Fuel Consumption -CO2-EmissionsThe fuel consumption (combined)for the Spark model is within arange of 4.8 to 6.3 l/100km.

The fuel consumption (combined)for the Spark model is within arange of 5.4 to 6.3 l/100 km.

The fuel consumption (combined)for the Spark model is within arange of 49 to 37 mpg.

The CO2 emission (combined) iswithin a range of 113 to 119 g/km.

The CO2 emission (combined) iswithin a range of 129 to 149 g/km.

For the values specific for yourvehicle, refer to the EEC Certificateof Conformity provided with yourvehicle or other national registrationdocuments.

General information

The official fuel consumption andspecific CO2 emission figuresquoted relate to the EU base modelwith standard equipment.

Fuel consumption data and CO2

emission data are determinedaccording to regulation R (EC) No.715/2007 (in the versionrespectively applicable), taking intoconsideration the vehicle weight inrunning order, as specified by theregulation.

Page 195: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (19,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Driving and Operating 9-19

The figures are provided only for thepurpose of comparison betweendifferent vehicle variants and mustnot be taken as a guarantee for theactual fuel consumption of aparticular vehicle. Additionalequipment may result in slightlyhigher results than the statedconsumption and CO2 figures.

Furthermore, fuel consumption isdependent on personal driving styleas well as road and trafficconditions.

Page 196: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (20,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

9-20 Driving and Operating

2 NOTES

Page 197: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-1

Vehicle Care

General InformationAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2End-of-Life VehicleRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-14Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Wiper BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . 10-22Centre High-Mounted Brakelamp (CHMBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

Number Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-23Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

Electrical SystemFuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Vehicle ToolsTools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Wheels and TyresWheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Tyre Designations . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37Tyre Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37Different Size Tyres andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38Wheel Alignment and TyreBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-39Tyre Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Tyre Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Compact Spare Tyre . . . . . . . 10-46Full-Size Spare Tyre . . . . . . . . 10-47

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-49Towing Another Vehicle . . . . . 10-52

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55

Page 198: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-2 Vehicle Care

General Information

Accessories andModificationsWe recommend to use genuineParts and Accessories and factoryapproved parts specific for yourvehicle type. We cannot assess orguarantee reliability of otherproducts - even if they have aregulatory or otherwise grantedapproval.

Do not make any modifications tothe electrical system, e.g. changesof electronic control units (chiptuning).

{ Caution

Never modify your vehicle. It mayaffect the performance, durabilityand safety of the vehicle and thewarrant may not cover anyproblems caused by themodification.

Vehicle Storage

Storage for a long periodof time

Following must be done if thevehicle should be stored for severalmonths:. Wash and wax the vehicle.. Have the wax in the engine

compartment and underbodychecked.

. Fill up fuel tank completely.

. Clean and preserve rubberseals.

. Change engine oil.

. Drain washer fluid reservoir.

. Check coolant antifreeze andcorrosion protection.

. Adjust tyre pressure to the valuespecified for full load.

. Park vehicle in dry, wellventilated place. Engage first orreverse gear. Prevent thevehicle from rolling.

. Do not apply the parking brake.

. Open bonnet, close all doorsand lock the vehicle.

. Disconnect the clamp from thenegative terminal of the vehiclebattery. Beware that all systemsare not functional, e.g. anti-theftalarm system.

. Close the bonnet.

Putting back into operation

When the vehicle is to be put backinto operation:. Connect the clamp to the

negative terminal of the vehiclebattery. Activate the electronicsof the power windows.

. Check tyre pressure.

. Fill up the washer fluid reservoir.

. Check the engine oil level.

. Check the coolant level.

. Fit the number plate ifnecessary.

Page 199: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-3

End-of-Life VehicleRecoveryInformation on end-of-life vehiclerecovery centres and the recyclingof end-of-life vehicles is available onour website. Only entrust this workto an authorised recycling centre.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

Only perform engine compartmentchecks when the ignition is off.

The cooling fan may startoperating even if the ignitionis off.

{ Danger

The ignition system usesextremely high voltage. Do nottouch.

Bonnet

Opening

Type 1

Page 200: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-4 Vehicle Care

Type 2 1. Pull the release lever and returnit to its original position.

2. Push the safety catch up andopen the bonnet.

{ Warning

Only touch the foam padding ofthe bonnet support rod handlewhen the engine is hot.

3. Pull up the support rod lightlyfrom the holder. And then secureit at the left side hook of theengine compartment.

Closing

Before closing the bonnet, press thesupport into the holder.

Lower the bonnet and allow it todrop into the catch. Check that thebonnet is engaged.

Page 201: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-5

{ Warning

Always observe the followingprecautions: Pull on the frontedge of the bonnet to make sureit is latched securely before youdrive your vehicle.

Do not pull the bonnet releasehandle while your vehicle ismoving.

Do not move your vehicle with thebonnet open. An open bonnet willobscure the driver's vision.

Operating your vehicle with thebonnet open can lead to acollision resulting in damage toyour vehicle, to other property,personal injury or even death.

Page 202: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview (Petrol engine)

<Type 1>

Page 203: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-7

<Type 2>

Page 204: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-8 Vehicle Care

Page 205: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-9

1. Engine coolant container

2. Engine oil cap

3. Brake fluid container

4. Battery

5. Fuse block

6. Engine air filter

7. Dipstick for engine oil level

8. Washer fluid container

9. Power steering fluid container

10. Automatic gearbox fluid leveldipstick

Engine OilIt is advisable to check the engineoil level manually before embarkingon a long journey.

Check with the vehicle on a levelsurface. The engine must be atoperating temperature and switchedoff for at least 5 minutes.

Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean,insert it to the stop on the handle,pull out and read the engine oillevel.

Insert dipstick to the stop on thehandle and make half a turn.

When the engine oil level hasdropped to the MIN mark, top upengine oil.

We recommend the use of the samegrade of engine oil that was used atlast change.

The engine oil level must notexceed the MAX mark on thedipstick.

Page 206: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-10 Vehicle Care

The engine oil filler cap is locatedon the camshaft cover.

{ Caution

Overfilled engine oil must bedrained or suctioned out.

Capacities and Viscosity 0Capacities and Specifications onpage 12-8 0 Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-7.

{ Warning

Engine oil is an irritant and,if ingested, can cause illness ordeath.

Keep out of reach of children.

Avoid repeated or prolongedcontact with skin.

Wash exposed areas with soapand water or hand cleaner.

Be very careful when draining theengine oil as it may be hotenough to burn you!

Automatic TransmissionFluidTo ensure proper functioning,efficiency, and durability of theautomatic transmission, be sure tokeep the gearbox fluid at the properlevel. Too much or too little fluid cancause problems.

The fluid level must be checked withthe engine running and the selectorlever in P (Park). The vehicle mustbe up to normal operatingtemperature and parked on levelground.

The normal operating temperaturefor the fluid (70°C ~ 80°C) will bereached after driving.

Checking automatic gearboxfluid level

If the fluid is contaminated ordiscoloured after inspection, changethe automatic gearbox fluid. Useonly the fluid specified in the fluidchart in this manual.

Decrease in the fluid level indicatesa leak in the automatictransmission. If noted, consult aworkshop to repair the problem assoon as possible. We recommendyour authorised workshop.

Page 207: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (11,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-11

{ Caution

Take care not to let dirt or foreignmaterials contaminate thegearbox fluid.

Contaminated fluid can cause asevere malfunction of theautomatic transmission, leading tocostly repairs.

1. Start the engine.

2. Warm up until the temperature ofthe automatic gearbox fluidreaches approximately 70°C ~80°C.

3. Move the selector lever from "P"to "1" and return to "P". Wait afew seconds at each selectedposition until the selected gearsare fully engaged.

4. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itclean.

5. Re-insert the dipstick completely.At this time, it should not contactwith any other parts.

6. Pull the dipstick out again.

7. Check the oil on the dipstick tomake sure it is notcontaminated.

{ Caution

Re-insert the dipstick completely.At this time, it should not contactwith any other parts.

8. Check the oil level. Oil should bebetween MIN and MAX mark onthe dipstick as shown in theillustration.

9. If the oil level is below MIN, addenough ATF to raise the oil levelto MAX. Do not fill overMAX mark.

{ Caution

Too much fluid will decreasevehicle performance.

(Continued)

Page 208: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (12,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-12 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

Do not overfill the automaticgearbox fluid.

This can damage thetransmission.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

Type 1

1. Loosen the air filter coverattaching clips and open thecover.

2. Replace the air filter.

3. Lock the cover with the coverattaching clips.

Type 2

1. Remove the screws and lift offthe cover.

2. Inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter.

3. Put the cover back on tightly andtighten the screws.

{ Caution

The engine needs clean air tooperate properly.

Do not operate your vehiclewithout the air filter elementinstalled.

Driving without the air filterelement properly installed candamage your engine.

Engine CoolantIn countries with moderate climatethe coolant provides freezeprotection down to approx. -35 °C.

In countries with cold climate thecoolant provides freeze protectiondown to approx. -50 °C.

Maintain a sufficient concentrationof anti-freeze.

{ Caution

Only use approved anti-freeze.

Page 209: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (13,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-13

Coolant level

{ Caution

Too low a coolant level can causeengine damage.

If the cooling system is cold, thecoolant level should be above thefilling line mark. Top up if the levelis low.

{ Warning

Allow the engine to cool beforeopening the cap. Carefully openthe cap, relieving the pressureslowly.

Fill up with a mixture ofdemineralised water and anti-freezeapproved for the vehicle. Install thecap tightly. Have the anti-freezeconcentration checked and have thecause of the coolant loss remediedby a workshop.

Note: If the coolant level falls belowthe line mark, refill the radiator with50/50 mix of de-mineralised waterand phosphate anti-freeze.

In order to protect your vehicle inextremely cold weather, use a mixof 40 percent water and 60 percentanti-freeze.

{ Caution

Plain water or the wrong mixturecan damage the cooling system.

Do not use plain water, alcohol ormethanol anti-freeze in coolantsystem.

The engine may overheat or evencatch fire.

{ Caution

Coolant can be hazardousmaterial.

Avoid repeated or prolongedcontact with coolant.

Clean your skin and nails withsoap and water after coming incontact with coolant.

Keep out of reach of children.

(Continued)

Page 210: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (14,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-14 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

Coolant can irritate the skin andcan cause illness or death ifswallowed.

{ Caution

It is not needed to add coolantmore frequently than therecommended interval.

If you are adding coolant often,this may be a sign that yourengine needs maintenance.

We recommend that you consultyour authorised workshop.

Power Steering Fluid

Open the cap and remove it.

The power steering fluid level mustbe between the MIN and the MAXmarks.

Fill up if the level is low.

{ Caution

Extremely small amounts ofcontamination can cause steeringsystem damage and cause it to

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

not work properly. Do not allowcontaminates to contact the fluidside of the reservoir cap/dipstickor from entering the reservoir.

{ Caution

Do not operate vehicle withoutthe required amount of powersteering fluid.

To do so can damage the powersteering system of your vehicle,leading to costly repairs.

{ Warning

An overflow of the fluid maycause the fluid to burn ordiscolour paintwork.

Do not overfill the reservoir.

(Continued)

Page 211: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (15,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-15

Warning (Continued)

An engine fire can causepersonal injuries and damageyour vehicle and other property.

Washer Fluid

Fill with clean water mixed with asuitable quantity of washer fluidwhich contains antifreeze. For thecorrect mixing ratio refer to thewasher fluid container.

{ Caution

Only washer fluid with a sufficientantifreeze concentration providesprotection at low temperatures ora sudden drop in temperature.

To refill windscreen washer fluidreservoir:. Use only commercially available

ready-to-use washer fluid for thatpurpose.

. Do not use tap water. Mineralspresent in tap water may plugthe windscreen washer lines.

. If air temperature is likely to gobelow the freezing point, usewasher fluid which has sufficientanti-freezing property.

Brake Fluid

{ Warning

Brake fluid is poisonous andcorrosive. Avoid contact witheyes, skin, fabrics and paintedsurfaces.

Page 212: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (16,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-16 Vehicle Care

The brake fluid level must bebetween the MIN and the MAXmarks.

When topping up, ensure maximumcleanliness as contamination of thebrake fluid can lead to brake systemmalfunctions. Have the cause of theloss of brake fluid remedied by aworkshop.

Only use brake fluid approved forthe vehicle, Brake and clutch fluid0 Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-7.

{ Caution

Make sure you thoroughly cleanaround the brake fluid reservoircap before removing the cap.

Contamination of the brake fluidsystem can affect systemperformance, leading to costlyrepairs.

An overflow of brake fluid on theengine may cause the fluidto burn.

Do not overfill the reservoir.

An engine fire can causepersonal injuries and damageyour vehicle and other property.

{ Caution

Using low quality brake fluid maycause corrosion to internalcomponents of the brake system,

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

which may result in decreasedbrake system performance, whichis a safety concern. Always usehigh quality brake fluid approvedfor your vehicle model. Werecommend GM genuine brakefluid.

{ Caution

Do not dispose of used brakefluid with your household waste.

Use your local, authorised wastemanagement facility.

Used brake fluid and theircontainers are hazardous. Theycan damage your health and theenvironment.

Brake fluid is harsh and canirritate skin and eyes.

(Continued)

Page 213: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (17,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-17

Caution (Continued)

Do not allow the brake fluid tocontact your skin or eyes. If itdoes, immediately wash theaffected area thoroughly withsoap and water or hand cleaner.

BatteryThe vehicle contains a lead-acidbattery. The vehicle battery ismaintenance-free provided that thedriving profile allows sufficientcharging of the battery. Shortdistance driving and frequent enginestarts can discharge the battery.Avoid the use of unnecessaryelectrical consumers.

Batteries do not belong inhousehold waste. They must bedisposed of at an appropriaterecycling collection point.

Laying up the vehicle for more than4 weeks can lead to batterydischarge. Disconnect the clampfrom the negative terminal of thevehicle battery.

Ensure the ignition is switched offbefore connecting or disconnectingthe vehicle battery.

{ Warning

Keep glowing materials awayfrom the battery to avoidexplosion. Battery explosion canresult in damage to the vehicleand serious injury or death.

Avoid contact with eyes, skin,fabrics and painted surfaces. Thefluid contains sulphuric acid whichcan cause injuries and damage inthe event of direct contact. In

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

case of skin contact, clean thearea with water and seek medicalhelp immediately.

Keep out of reach of children.

Do not tilt an open battery.

Vehicle battery discharge protection0 Battery Power Protection onpage 6-5.

Page 214: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (18,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-18 Vehicle Care

Meaning of symbols:. No sparks, naked flames or

smoking.. Always shield eyes. Explosive

gases can cause blindness orinjury.

. Keep the battery out of reach ofchildren.

. The battery contains sulphuricacid which could causeblindness or serious burninjuries.

. See the Owner's Manual forfurther information.

. Explosive gas may be present inthe vicinity of the battery.

Wiper Blade Replacement

Lift wiper arm. Press release leverand detach wiper blade.

Properly functioning windscreenwipers are essential for clear visionand safe driving. Regularly checkthe condition of the wiper blades.Replace hard, brittle or crackedblades or those that smear dirt onthe windscreen.

Foreign material on the windscreenor wiper blades can reduce theeffectiveness of the wipers. If theblades are not wiping properly,

clean both the windscreen and theblades with a good cleaner or milddetergent. Rinse them thoroughlywith water.

Repeat the process, if necessary.There is no way to remove traces ofsilicone from glass. Therefore, neverapply polish with silicone to yourvehicle's windscreen or you will getstreaks which will impair the driver'svision.

Do not use solvents, petrol,kerosene, or paint thinner to cleanwipers. These are harsh and candamage the blades and paintedsurfaces.

Page 215: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (19,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-19

Bulb ReplacementSwitch off the ignition and switch offthe relevant switch or close thedoors.

Only hold a new bulb at the base!Do not touch the bulb glass withbare hands.

Use only the same bulb type forreplacement.

Replace headlamp bulbs from withinthe engine compartment.

Note: After driving in heavy rain orafter washing, some exterior lightlenses could appear frosty.

This condition is caused by thetemperature difference between theinside and outside of the light. Thisis similar to the condensation onyour windows inside your vehicleduring rain and doesn't indicate aproblem with your vehicle.

If the water leaks into the light bulbcircuitry, have the vehicle checkedby your authorised workshop.

Headlamps

Dipped beam and main beam

1. Detach plug connectorfrom bulb.

2. Remove protective cover.

3. Press spring clip, disengage it.

4. Remove bulb from reflectorhousing.

Page 216: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (20,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-20 Vehicle Care

5. When fitting a new bulb, engagethe lugs in the recesses on thereflector.

6. Engage the spring clip.

7. Place headlight protective coverin position and close.

8. Plug connector onto bulb.

Headlight aiming

The dipped beam headlight aimingcan be adjusted with the screwlocated above the headlight.

{ Caution

If the headlights need to bere-aimed, it is recommended thatthe vehicle is taken to yourauthorised workshop for service,because it is related with safety.

Parking lights

1. Detach plug connectorfrom bulb.

2. Remove protective cover.

3. Remove side light bulb holderfrom reflector.

4. Remove bulb from socket.

5. Insert new bulb.

6. Insert holder in reflector.

7. Place headlight protective coverin position and close.

8. Plug connector onto bulb.

Fog lights

Have bulbs replaced by a workshop.

Fog light aiming

The fog light aiming can be adjustedwith the screw located above thefog light.

Page 217: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (21,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-21

{ Caution

If the fog lights need to bere-aimed, it is recommended thatthe vehicle is taken to yourauthorised workshop for service,because it is related with safety.

Front indicator lights

1. Rotate bulb holderanti-clockwise and disengage.

2. Push bulb into socket slightly,rotate anti-clockwise, removeand renew bulb.

3. Insert bulb holder in reflector,rotate clockwise to engage.

Taillights

1. Unscrew both screws.

2. Remove tail light assembly. Takecare that the cable duct remainsin position.

Page 218: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (22,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-22 Vehicle Care

3. Tail light/brake light (1)

Indicator light (2)

Reverse light (passenger's side)/ Rear fog light (Driver's side) (3)

4. Rotate bulb holder anticlockwise.

5. Remove bulb holder. Push bulbinto socket slightly, rotateanticlockwise, remove andrenew bulb.

6. Insert bulb holder into the taillight assembly and screw intoplace. Connect wiring plug.Install tail light assembly in bodyand tighten screws. Closecovers and engage.

7. Switch on ignition, operate andcheck all lights.

Side Indicator Lamps1. Push light towards the back of

the vehicle and remove.

2. Rotate bulb holder anticlockwise.

3. Pull bulb out of the bulb holderand renew.

4. Reinstall in reverse order.

Page 219: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (23,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-23

Centre High-MountedBrake lamp (CHMBL)<Bulb type>

1. Open the tailgate.

2. Remove the two screws and thelamp housing. Disconnect thewiring harness connector beforeremoving the lamp housing.

3. Remove the two screws and thereflector assembly.

4. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out of the bulb holder.

5. Install a new bulb.

6. Reinstall the lamp housing.

<LED type>

Have bulbs replaced by a workshop.

Number Plate Lamp

1. Unscrew both screws.

2. Remove bulb housingdownward, taking care not topull on the cable.

Rotate bulb holder anticlockwiseto disengage.

3. Remove bulb from holder andrenew bulb.

4. Insert bulb holder in bulbhousing and rotate clockwise.

5. Insert bulb housing and secureusing a screwdriver.

Interior Lamps

Courtesy lights

1. To remove it, prise the oppositeside of the light switch using aflat-blade screwdriver. (Becareful not to make scratches.)

2. Remove the bulb.

3. Replace the bulb.

4. Reinstall the light assembly.

Page 220: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (24,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-24 Vehicle Care

Load compartment light

1. Prise the lamp out with ascrewdriver.

2. Remove bulb.

3. Insert new bulb.

4. Install lamp.

Electrical System

FusesData on the replacement fuse mustmatch the data on thedefective fuse.

In a box above the positive terminalof the battery are some main fuses.If necessary have them changed bya workshop.

Before replacing a fuse, turn off therespective switch and the ignition.

A blown fuse can be recognised byits melted wire. Do not replace thefuse until the cause of the fault hasbeen remedied.

Some functions are protected byseveral fuses.

Fuses may also be inserted withoutexistence of a function.

Fuse extractor

A fuse extractor may be located inthe fuse box in the enginecompartment.

Page 221: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (25,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-25

Place the fuse extractor on thevarious types of fuse from the top orside and withdraw fuse.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

The fuse box is in the enginecompartment.

Disengage the cover, lift it upwardsand remove.

Note: Not all fuse box descriptionsin this manual may apply to yourvehicle.

When inspecting the fuse box, referto the fuse box label.

Page 222: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (26,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-26 Vehicle Care

Page 223: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (27,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-27

No. Circuit

1 Fuel pump

2 Parking light relay

3 Fan low speed relay

4 Fan high speed

5 Air conditioning

6 Fan high speed relay

7 Air conditioning relay

8 ABS 2

9 Parking light LH

10 Parking light RH

11 Front fog light

12 Fan low speed

13 ABS 1

14 Front fog light relay

15 Fuel pump relay

16 Spare fuse

17 Headlight main beam relay

18 Headlight main beam

No. Circuit

19 Headlight dipped beam LH

20 Headlight dipped beam RH

21 Spare fuse

22 Spare fuse

23 Ignition 2 / starter

24 Ignition 1 / accessory

25 Hazard lights

26 Horn

27Headlight dipped beamrelay

28 Horn relay

29 Engine main relay

30 Ignition

31 EMS 1

32 EMS 2

33 Instrument panel battery

34 -

35 Front window

No. Circuit

36 Front window relay

37 Engine control module

38 -

39 Spare fuse

Instrument Panel FuseBlockType 1

Page 224: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (28,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-28 Vehicle Care

Type 2 The interior fuse box is located onthe underside of the driver's sideinstrument panel.

1. Open the fuse panel door bypulling out at the top.

Page 225: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (29,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-29

2. Remove the fuse panel doordiagonally.

No. Circuit

1 Rear wiper

2 Mirror/outside rear viewmirror

3 Headlight

4 Electric OSRVM

5 Door lock

6 Front wiper

7 -

8 Reverse lights

9 Indicators

10 Rear demister

11 Rear fog lights

12 Instrument cluster

13 Blower motor controlmodule

14 Airbag

15 Theft deterrent / data linkconnector

No. Circuit

16 Transmission controlmodule

17 Rear power windows

18 Radio / remote keylessentry / remote entry

19 Engine control module(ECM) / theft deterrent

20 Heat mat

21 Cigarette lighter

22 Brake light

23 Starter

24 Radio / clock / remotekeyless entry

25 Airbag

26 Interior lights

Page 226: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (30,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-30 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Tools

Tools

Vehicles with tyre repair kit

The tools and tyre repair kit are in astorage compartment below thefloor cover in the load compartment.

Vehicles with spare wheel

The jack and the tools are in astorage compartment in the loadcompartment above the sparewheel.

Compact spare wheel 0 CompactSpare Tyre on page 10-46.

Full-size spare wheel 0 Full-SizeSpare Tyre on page 10-47.

Wheels and TyresTyre condition, wheel conditionDrive over edges slowly and at rightangles if possible. Driving oversharp edges can cause tyre andwheel damage. Do not trap tyres onthe kerb when parking.

Regularly check the wheels fordamage. Seek the assistance of aworkshop in the event of damage orunusual wear.

Winter TyresWinter tyres improve driving safetyat temperatures below 7 °C andshould therefore be fitted on allwheels.

Tyre DesignationsE.g. 215/60 R 16 95 H

215 = Tyre width, mm

60 = Cross-section ratio (tyre heightto tyre width), %

R = Belt type: Radial

Page 227: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (31,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-31

RF = Type: RunFlat

16 = Wheel diameter, inches

95 = Load index e.g. 95 isequivalent to 690 kg

H = Speed code letter

Speed code letter:

Q = up to 160 km/h (100 mph)

S = up to 180 km/h (112 mph)

T = up to 190 km/h (118 mph)

H = up to 210 km/h (130 mph)

V = up to 240 km/h (150 mph)

W = up to 270 km/h (168 mph)

Tyre PressureCheck the pressure of cold tyres atleast every 14 days and before anylong journey. Do not forget thespare wheel.

Unscrew the valve cap.

Tyre pressure 0 Tyre Pressure onpage 12-9 and on the label on thedriver's door frame.

The tyre pressure data refers to coldtyres. It applies to summer andwinter tyres.

Always inflate the spare tyre to thepressure specified for full load.

The ECO tyre pressure serves toachieve the smallest amount of fuelconsumption possible.

Incorrect tyre pressures will impairsafety, vehicle handling, comfort andfuel economy and will increasetyre wear.

{ Warning

If the pressure is too low, this canresult in considerable tyrewarmup and internal damage,leading to tread separation andeven to tyre blow-out at highspeeds.

Page 228: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (32,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-32 Vehicle Care

Tyre Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tyre Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tyre pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tyres andtransmit tyre pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tyre, including the spare,should be checked monthly whencold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended the inflationpressure label.

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with thelow tyre pressure tell-tale 7.

The low tyre press tell-tale 7illuminates when one or more ofyour tyres are significantlyunder-inflated.

When the low tyre press tell-taleilluminates, you should stop andcheck your tyres as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure.

{ Caution

Driving on a significantlyunder-inflated tyre causes the tyreto overheat and can lead to tyrefailure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tyretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Note: The TPMS is not a substitutefor proper tyre maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility tomaintain correct tyre pressure, evenif under-inflation has not reachedthe level to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tyre pressure tell-tale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with the TPMSmalfunction indicator 7 to indicate

when the system is not operatingproperly. The TPMS malfunctionindicator is combined with the lowtyre pressure telltale. When thesystem detects a malfunction, theTPMS malfunction indicator 7 willflash for approximately one minuteand then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehiclestart-ups as long as the malfunctionexists.

When the TPMS malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tyre pressure as intended.

Note: TPMS malfunctions mayoccur for a variety of reasons,including the installation ofreplacement or alternate tyres orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.

Page 229: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (33,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-33

Tyre Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tyre pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tyre and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tyreand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tyres and transmit the tyrepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tyre pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tyre pressure tell-talelocated on the instrument cluster.

If the low tyre pressure tell-tale isilluminated, stop as soon aspossible and inflate the tyres to therecommended by the inflationpressure label.

The low tyre pressure tell-talecomes on at each ignition cycle untilthe tyres are inflated to the correctinflation pressure.

The low tyre pressure tell-tale maycome on in cool weather when thevehicle is first started, and then turnoff as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low and mustbe inflated to the proper pressure.

Note: The low tyre pressure tell-talemay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low and mustbe inflated to the proper pressure.

{ Caution

Tyre sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tyresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tyresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM-approved tyre sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Indicator

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, theTPMS malfunction indicator flashesfor about one minute and then stayson for the remainder of the ignitioncycle.

Page 230: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (34,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-34 Vehicle Care

The TPMS malfunction indicatorcomes on at each ignition cycle untilthe problem is corrected. Some ofthe conditions that can cause theseto come on are:. The TPMS sensor matching

process was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tyres. Themalfunction light should go offafter successfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light should go offwhen the TPMS sensors areinstalled and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See your dealer forservice.

. Replacement tyres or wheels donot match the original equipmenttyres or wheels. Tyres and

wheels other than thoserecommended could prevent theTPMS from functioning properly.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tyre condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight comes on and stay on.

Tyre Load Menu

To adapt tyre pressure tell-tale tothe vehicle loading conditions, pressthe MENU button until you seeTPMS Setting Mode on the cluster.

Press the up or down arrow buttonuntil the Tyre Load screen isdisplayed.

Press the SET/CLR button. You canselect the following menus.

Each menu can be selected bypressing the up or down arrowbutton.

Page 231: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (35,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-35

. Load 1: Lo (Comfort tyrepressure mode)

. Load 2: Lo (Comfort tyrepressure mode)

. Load 3: Hi (GVW tyrepressure mode)

Press the SET/CLR button a fewseconds to confirm.

Note: The tyre inflation pressurelabel is on the driver side doorframe.

For the correct tyre pressure, referto the recommended pressure onthe tyre inflation pressure label

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtyre/wheel position after rotating thetyres or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. The TPMS sensormatching process should also beperformed after replacing a sparetyre with a road tyre containing the

TPMS sensor. The malfunction lightshould go off at the next ignitioncycle. The sensors are matched tothe tyre/ wheel positions, using aTPMS relearn tool, in the followingorder: left front tyre, right front tyre,left rear tyre and left rear tyre. Seeyour dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool.

There are two minutes to matcheach tyre/wheel position. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN withthe engine off.

3. Use the MENU button on theright side of instrument to selectthe menu in the DriverInformation Centre(DIC)

4. Press the MENU button until yousee TPMS Setting Mode on thecluster.

‐ TPMS Setting Mode consistsof Learn Mode and TyreLoad Mode

5. If you are in Learn mode, pressthe Set/Clear button on clusterfor more than 2 seconds

6. The cluster will display LF (LeftFront). The TPMS global tell-talewill flash, and the chime soundwill be heard, once in every5 seconds. Use the relearn toolto activate the Left Front sensor.

Page 232: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (36,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-36 Vehicle Care

7. When the LF sensor learn iscompleted, the cluster willdisplay RF (Right Front). TheTPMS global tell-tale will flash,and the chime sound will beheard, twice in every 5 seconds.Use the relearn tool to activatethe Right Front sensor.

8. When the RF sensor learn iscompleted, the cluster willdisplay RR (Right Rear). TheTPMS global tell-tale will flash,and the chime sound will beheard, three times in every5 seconds. Use the relearn toolto activate the Right Rearsensor.

9. When the RR sensor learn iscompleted, the cluster willdisplay LR (Left Rear). TheTPMS global tell-tale will flash,and the chime sound will beheard, four times in every5 seconds. Use the relearn toolto activate the Left Rear sensor.

10. When LR learn is completed,the tell-tale will flash, and thechime sound will be heard,twice within two seconds. Thiswill indicate that the learnprocedure is completed.

11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

12. Set all four tyres to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tyreand Loading Information label.Use the Tyre Load Menu toselect the correct load option inthe TPMS.

{ Warning

Use of unsuitable tyres or wheelsmay lead to accidents and willinvalidate the vehicle typeapproval.

{ Warning

Do not use different size and typeof tyres and wheels than thoseoriginally installed on the vehicle.It can affect safety andperformance of the vehicle.It could lead to handling failure orrollover and serious injury.

When replacing tyres, be sure toinstall all four tyres and wheels ofthe same size, type, tread, brandand load-carrying capacity. Theuse of any other tyre size or typemay seriously affect ride,handling, ground clearance,stopping distance, body clearanceand speedometer reliability.

{ Warning

Use of unsuitable tyres could leadto sudden pressure loss andcause accidents.

Page 233: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (37,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-37

Tread DepthCheck tread depth at regularintervals.

Tyres should be replaced for safetyreasons at a tread depth of 2-3 mm(4 mm for winter tyres).

For safety reasons it isrecommended that the tread depthof the wheels on one axle shouldnot vary by more than 2 mm.

The legally permissible minimumtread depth (1.6 mm) has beenreached when the tread has worn

down as far as one of the treadwear indicators (TWI). Their positionis indicated by markings on thesidewall.

If there is more wear at the frontthan the rear, swap round frontwheels and rear wheels. Ensurethat the direction of rotation of thewheels is the same as before.

Tyres age, even if they are notused. We recommend tyrereplacement every 6 years.

Tyre RotationTyres should be rotated every12,000 km (7,500 miles) to achievea more uniform wear of all tyres.

The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Any time unusual wear is noticed,rotate the tyres as soon as possibleand check the wheel alignment.Also check for damaged tyres orwheels.

When rotating the tyres, always usethe correct rotation pattern shownhere. Do not include the spare tyrein the tyre rotation. Adjust the frontand rear tyres to the recommendedinflation pressure on the Tyre andLoading Information label after thetyres have been rotated.

Reset the Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened.

Page 234: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (38,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-38 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, cancause the wheel nuts to becomeloose with time. The wheel couldcome off and cause an accident.When changing a wheel, removeany rust or dirt from places wherethe wheel is attached to thevehicle. In an emergency, a clothor a paper towel can be used;however, use a scraper or wirebrush later to remove all rustor dirt.

Lightly coat the centre of the wheelhub with wheel bearing grease aftera wheel change or tyre rotation toprevent corrosion or rust build-up.Do not get grease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on the wheelnuts or bolts.

Different Size Tyres andWheelsIf tyres of a different size than thosefitted at the factory are used, it maybe necessary to reprogram thespeedometer as well as the nominaltyre pressure and make othervehicle modifications.

After converting to a different tyresize, have the label with tyrepressures replaced.

{ Warning

Use of unsuitable tyres or wheelsmay lead to accidents and willinvalidate the vehicle typeapproval.

{ Warning

Do not use different size and typeof tyres and wheels than thoseoriginally installed on the vehicle.It can affect safety andperformance of the vehicle.It could lead to handling failure orrollover and serious injury. Whenreplacing tyres, be sure to installall four tyres and wheels of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. The use ofany other tyre size or type mayseriously affect ride, handling,ground clearance, stoppingdistance, body clearance andspeedometer reliability.

Wheel CoversWheel covers and tyres that arefactory approved for the respectivevehicle and comply with all of therelevant wheel and tyre combinationrequirements must be used.

Page 235: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (39,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-39

If the wheel covers and tyres usedare not factory approved, the tyresmust not have a rim protectionridge.

Wheel covers must not impair brakecooling.

{ Warning

Use of unsuitable tyres or wheelcovers could lead to suddenpressure loss and therebyaccidents.

Wheel Alignment andTyre BalanceThe tyres and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tyre life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tyre balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis.

Your vehicle's suspension andsteering systems need some time tosettle from the shipping process,

and adjust to the way you drive andthe amount of passengers andcargo you carry with you. GMrecommends that you drive yournew vehicle at least 800 kilometresbefore evaluating your vehicle forsteering pull. Some slight pull to theleft or right, depending on the crownof the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. So, considerrequesting an alignment check onlyif the vehicle is significantly pullingto one side or the other, or if younotice unusual tyre wear. If thevehicle is vibrating when driving ona smooth road, the tyres and wheelsmay need to be rebalanced.

See your Chevrolet authorisedrepairer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementMixing tyres could cause you to losecontrol while driving.

If you mix tyres of different sizes,brands, or types (radial andbias-belted tyres), the vehicle may

not handle properly, and you couldhave a crash. Using tyres ofdifferent sizes, brands, or types mayalso cause damage to your vehicle.Be sure to use the correct size,brand, and type of tyres on allwheels.

Some vehicles are equipped with atyre repair kit instead of a sparewheel 0 Tyre Repair Kit onpage 10-43.

Make the following preparations andobserve the following information:. Pull your vehicle over to a safe

place away from traffic.. Park the vehicle on a level, firm

and non-skid surface. The frontwheels must be in thestraight-ahead position.

. Apply the parking brake andengage first gear orreverse gear.

. Turn off the engine andremove key.

Page 236: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (40,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-40 Vehicle Care

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Use a wedge, block of wood,or rocks in front of and behindthe tyre that is diagonal from thetyre you plan to change.

. All passengers must get out ofthe vehicle.

. Remove the spare wheel 0Compact Spare Tyre onpage 10-46.

. Never change more than onewheel at once.

. Use the jack only to changewheels in case of puncture, notfor seasonal winter or summertyre change.

. No people or animals may be inthe vehicle when it is jacked-up.

. Never crawl under a jacked-upvehicle.

. Do not start the vehicle when itis raised on the jack.

. Clean wheel nuts and threadbefore mounting the wheel.

{ Warning

We designed the jack for use onyour vehicle only.

Do not use jack provided withyour vehicle on other vehicles.

Never exceed the jack'smaximum permissible load.

Use of this jack on other vehiclesmay damage the other vehicles oryour jack and lead to personalinjury.

1. Disengage wheel nut caps witha screwdriver and remove.

2. Fold out the wheel wrench andinstall ensuring that it locatessecurely and loosen each wheelnut by half a turn.

Page 237: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (41,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-41

3. Rotate the jack handle to raisethe lift head slightly and placethe jack vertically at the positionmarked with half circle.

4. Attach jack handle to the jackand attach wrench to the jackhandle correctly.

Then raise the jack to join the lifthead at the jacking positionfirmly.

5. Rotate the wrench checking thecorrect position of jack untilwheel is clear of the ground.

6. Unscrew the wheel nuts.

7. Change the wheel.

8. Screw on the wheel nuts.

9. Lower vehicle.

10. Install the wheel wrenchensuring that it locatessecurely and tighten each nutin a crosswise sequence.Tightening torque is 120 Nm.

Page 238: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (42,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-42 Vehicle Care

11. Align the valve hole in thewheel cover with the tyre valvebefore installing.

Install wheel nut caps.

12. Stow the replaced wheel andthe vehicle tools. To preventthe rattling noise, turn screwhead until the top and bottomof the jack are completelysqueezed to the toolbox afterreturning the jack to its originalposition. At this time, makesure that jack has someclearance to any vehicle tool.Tools 0 Tools on page 10-30.

13. Check the tyre pressure of theinstalled tyre and also thewheel nut torque as soon aspossible.

Have the defective tyre renewed orrepaired.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, cancause the wheel nuts to becomeloose with time. The wheel couldcome off and cause an accident.When changing a wheel, removeany rust or dirt from places wherethe wheel is attached to thevehicle. In an emergency, a clothor a paper towel can be used;however, use a scraper or wirebrush later to remove all rustor dirt.

Lightly coat the centre of the wheelhub with wheel bearing greaseduring a wheel change to preventcorrosion or rust build-up. Do notget grease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on the wheelnuts or bolts.

Tyre Chains

Tyre chains are only permitted onthe front wheels.

Always use fine mesh chains thatadd no more than 10 mm to the tyretread and the inboard sides(including chain lock).

{ Warning

Damage may lead to tyreblowout.

Page 239: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (43,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-43

Tyre Repair KitMinor damage to the tyre tread orsidewall can be repaired with thetyre repair kit.

Do not remove foreign bodies fromthe tyres.

Tyre damage exceeding 4 mm orthat is at tyre's side wall near therim cannot be repaired with the tyrerepair kit.

{ Warning

Do not drive faster than 80 km/h(50 mph).

Do not use for a lengthy period.

Steering and handling may beaffected.

If you have a flat tyre:

Apply the parking brake and engagefirst gear or reverse gear.

The tyre repair kit is in acompartment under the floor coverin the load compartment.

1. Take the tyre repair kit from thecompartment.

2. Remove the compressor and thesealant bottle.

3. Remove the electricalconnection cable and air hosefrom the stowage compartmentson the underside of thecompressor.

4. The switch on the compressormust be set to9.

5. Screw the compressor air hoseto the connection on the sealantbottle.

6. Connect the compressor plug tothe accessory socket. To avoiddischarging the battery, werecommend running the engine.

7. Fit the sealant bottle into theretainer on the compressor.

Set the compressor near the tyrein such a way that the sealantbottle is upright.

Page 240: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (44,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-44 Vehicle Care

8. Unscrew valve cap fromdefective tyre.

9. Screw the filler hose to the tyrevalve.

10. Set the rocker switch on thecompressor to I. The tyre isfilled with sealant.

11. The compressor pressuregauge briefly indicates up to 6bar whilst the sealant bottle isemptying (approx. 30 seconds).Then the pressure startsto drop.

12. All of the sealant is pumpedinto the tyre. Then the tyre isinflated.

13. The prescribed tyre pressure(About 2.2 bar) should beobtained within 10 minutes.When the correct pressure isobtained, switch off thecompressor.

If the prescribed tyre pressureis not obtained within10 minutes, remove the tyrerepair kit. Move the vehicle onetyre rotation. Reattach the tyrerepair kit and continue thefilling procedure for 10 minutes.If the prescribed tyre pressureis still not obtained, the tyre istoo badly damaged. Seek theassistance of a workshop.Drain excess tyre pressure withthe button over the pressureindicator.

Do not run the compressorlonger than 10 minutes.

14. Detach the tyre repair kit. Pushcatch on bracket to removesealant bottle from bracket.Screw tyre inflation hose to thefree connection of sealant

Page 241: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (45,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-45

bottle. This prevents sealantfrom escaping. Stow tyre repairkit in load compartment.

15. Remove any excess sealantusing a cloth.

16. Take the label indicatingmaximum permitted speed(approx. 80 km/h (50 mph))from the sealant bottle and affixin the driver's field of view.

17. Continue driving immediatelyso that sealant is evenlydistributed in the tyre. Afterdriving approx. 10 km((6 miles) but no more than10 minutes), stop and checktyre pressure. Screwcompressor air hose directlyonto tyre valve and compressorwhen doing this.

If tyre pressure is more than1.3 bar, set it to the correctvalue (approx. 2.2 bar). Repeatthe procedure (no.17) untilthere is no more loss ofpressure.

If the tyre pressure has fallenbelow 1.3 bar, the vehicle mustnot be used. Seek theassistance of a workshop.

18. Stow away tyre repair kit inload compartment.

Note: The driving comfort of therepaired tyre is severely affected,therefore have this tyre replaced.

If unusual noise is heard or thecompressor becomes hot, turncompressor off for at least30 minutes.

Note the expiry date of the kit. Afterthis date its sealing capability is nolonger guaranteed. Pay attention tostorage information on sealantbottle.

Page 242: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (46,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-46 Vehicle Care

Replace the used sealant bottle.Dispose of the bottle as prescribedby applicable laws.

The compressor and sealant can beused from approx. -30 °C ~ 70 °C.

Compact Spare Tyre

Compact spare wheel

The spare wheel can be classifiedas a temporary spare wheeldepending on the size compared tothe other mounted wheels andcountry regulations.

The spare wheel has a steel rim.

Use of a spare wheel that is smallerthan the other wheels or togetherwith winter tyres could affectdriveability. Have the defective tyrereplaced as soon as possible.

The spare wheel is located in theload compartment beneath the floorcovering. It is secured in the recesswith a wing nut.

The spare wheel well is notdesigned for all permitted tyre sizes.If a wheel wider than the spare mustbe stowed in the spare wheel wellafter changing wheels, the floorcover can be placed on theprojecting wheel.

{ Caution

This spare wheel/tyre assembly isfor temporary emergencyuse only.

Replace with regular wheel/tyreassembly as soon as possible.

Do not use tyre chains.

Do not install any tyre on thiswheel which is not identical to theoriginal.

Do not install on other vehicles.

Place alloy wheel face upward.

Place steel wheel face downward.

Temporary spare wheel

Use of the temporary spare wheelcould affect driveability. Have thedefective tyre renewed or repairedas soon as possible.

Page 243: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (47,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-47

Only mount one temporary sparewheel. Do not drive faster than80 km/h (50 mph). Take bendsslowly. Do not use for a long periodof time.

Tyre chains 0 Tyre Chains onpage 10-42.

Full-Size Spare Tyre

Full-size spare wheel

Use of a spare wheel that is sameas the other wheels or together withwinter tyres could affect driveability.Have the defective tyre replaced assoon as possible.

The spare wheel is located in theload compartment beneath the floorcovering. It is secured in the recesswith a wing nut.

Directional tyres

Fit directional tyres such that theyroll in the direction of travel. Therolling direction is indicated by asymbol (e.g. an arrow) on thesidewall.

The following applies to tyres fittedopposing the rolling direction:. Driveability may be affected.

Have the defective tyre renewedor repaired as soon as possible.

. Do not drive faster than 80 km/h(50 mph).

. Drive particularly carefully onwet and snow-covered roadsurfaces.

Page 244: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (48,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-48 Vehicle Care

Jump StartingDo not start with quick charger.

A vehicle with a discharged batterycan be started using jump leads andthe battery of another vehicle.

{ Warning

Be extremely careful whenstarting with jump leads. Anydeviation from the followinginstructions can lead to injuries ordamage caused by batteryexplosion or damage to theelectrical systems of bothvehicles.

{ Warning

Avoid contact of the battery witheyes, skin, fabrics and paintedsurfaces. The fluid contains

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

sulphuric acid which can causeinjuries and damage in the eventof direct contact.

. Never expose the battery tonaked flames or sparks.

. A discharged battery canalready freeze at a temperatureof 0 °C. Defrost the frozenbattery before connecting jumpleads.

. Wear eye protection andprotective clothing whenhandling a battery.

. Use a booster battery with thesame voltage (12 Volts). Itscapacity (Ah) must not be muchless than that of the dischargedbattery.

. Use jump leads with insulatedterminals and a cross section ofat least 16 mm².

. Do not disconnect thedischarged battery from thevehicle.

. Switch off all unnecessaryelectrical consumers.

. Do not lean over the batteryduring jump starting.

. Do not allow the terminals of onelead to touch those of theother lead.

. The vehicles must not come intocontact with each other duringthe jump starting process.

. Apply the parking brake,gearbox in neutral, automatictransmission in P.

Page 245: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (49,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-49

Lead connection order:

1. Connect the red lead to thepositive terminal of the boosterbattery.

2. Connect the other end of the redlead to the positive terminal ofthe discharged battery.

3. Connect the black lead to thenegative terminal of the boosterbattery.

4. Connect the other end of theblack lead to a vehicle groundingpoint, such as the engine blockor an engine mounting bolt.

Connect as far away from thedischarged battery as possible,however at least 60 cm (2 ft).

Route the leads so that they cannotcatch on rotating parts in the enginecompartment.

To start the engine:

1. Start the engine of the vehicleproviding the jump.

2. After 5 minutes, start the otherengine. Start attempts should bemade for no longer than15 seconds at an interval of1 minute.

3. Allow both engines to idle forapprox. 3 minutes with the leadsconnected.

4. Switch on electrical consumers(e.g. headlights, heated rearwindow) of the vehicle receivingthe jump start.

5. Reverse above sequenceexactly when removing leads.

Towing the VehicleIf you need to have your vehicletowed, please use our servicenetwork or professional towingcompany.

The best method is to have thevehicle transported using a recoveryvehicle.

Page 246: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (50,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-50 Vehicle Care

If towing by 2 wheels, lift the frontdriving wheels and tow with the fronttyres locked.

Please observe the followingprocedures when towing a vehicle:. No passenger should remain in

the vehicle being towed.. Release the parking brake of the

towed vehicle and place thetransmission gear in neutral.

. Switch on the emergencywarning lights.

. Keep the speed limits.

If it is not possible to have yourvehicle towed a recovery vehicle,proceed as follows:

<Type 1>

Page 247: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (51,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-51

<Type 2>

Disengage cap at bottom andremove downwards.

The towing eye is stowed with thevehicle tools 0 Tools onpage 10-30.

<Type 1>

<Type 2>

Screw in the towing eye as far as itwill go until it stops in a horizontalposition.

Attach a tow rope — or better still atow rod — to the towing eye.

The towing eye must only be usedfor towing and not for recovering thevehicle.

Switch on ignition to releasesteering wheel lock and to permitoperation of brake lights, horn andwindscreen wiper.

Transmission in neutral.

{ Caution

Drive slowly. Do not drive jerkily.Excessive tractive force candamage the vehicle.

When the engine is not running,considerably more force is neededto brake and steer.

Page 248: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (52,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-52 Vehicle Care

To prevent the entry of exhaustgases from the towing vehicle,switch on the air recirculation andclose the windows.

Vehicle with automatic transmission:Do not tow the vehicle using toweye. Towing with a tow rope couldcause severe automatic transaxledamage. When towing vehicle withautomatic transaxle, use flat bed orwheel lift equipment.

Vehicle with manual gearbox: Thevehicle must be towed facingforward, not faster than 88 km/h(55 mph). In all other cases andwhen the transmission is defective,the front axle must be raised off theground.

Seek the assistance of a workshop.

After towing, unscrew thetowing eye.

Type 1: Insert cap on left side andclose cap.

Type 2: Insert cap at the bottomand close cap. The best method isto have the vehicle transportedusing a recovery vehicle.

Towing Another Vehicle

The rear towing eye is locatedunder the rear bumper.

The towing eye must only be usedfor towing and not for recovering avehicle.

If your vehicle has a cover on therear bumper in front of the reartowing eye, remove two clips fromthe cover. Disengage cover bypulling backward.

After towing, reinstall the coverfirmly.

{ Caution

Drive slowly. Do not drive jerkily.Excessive tractive force candamage the vehicle.

Page 249: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (53,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-53

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

The locks are lubricated at thefactory using a high quality lockcylinder grease. Use de-icing agentonly when absolutely necessary, asthis has a degreasing effect andimpairs lock function. After usingde-icing agent, have the locksre-greased by a workshop.

Washing

The paintwork of your vehicle isexposed to environmentalinfluences. Wash and wax yourvehicle regularly. When usingautomatic vehicle washes, select aprogramme that includes waxing.

Bird droppings, dead insects, resin,pollen and the like should becleaned off immediately, as theycontain aggressive constituentswhich can cause paint damage.

If using a vehicle wash, comply withthe vehicle wash manufacturer'sinstructions. The windscreen wipersand rear window wiper must beswitched off. Lock the vehicle sothat the fuel filler flap cannot beopened. Remove antenna andexternal accessories such as roofracks etc.

If you wash your vehicle by hand,make sure that the insides of thewheel housings are also thoroughlyrinsed out.

Clean edges and folds on openeddoors and the bonnet as well as theareas they cover.

Have the door hinges of all doorsgreased by a workshop.

Do not clean the enginecompartment with a steam-jet orhigh-pressure jet cleaner.

Thoroughly rinse and leather-off thevehicle. Rinse leather frequently.Use separate leathers for painted

and glass surfaces: remnants ofwax on the windows will impairvision.

Do not use hard objects to removespots of tar. Use tar removal sprayon painted surfaces.

Decal applied vehicle

Please do not wash the car for72 hours from delivery to ensureadequate adhesion of decal.

When cleaning with high pressurewater or a steam wand car wash,please make sure to keep adistance of at least 20 cm (8 inches)and not to focus on one point formore than 1 second. Otherwise, thedecal could be damaged.

Exterior lights

Headlight and other light covers aremade of plastic. Do not use anyabrasive or caustic agents, do notuse an ice scraper, and do not cleanthem when dry.

Page 250: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (54,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-54 Vehicle Care

When removing insect debris,grease dirt or tar from the lights orlenses, only use lukewarm water, asoft cloth and a car washing soap.

Hard cleaning with a dry cloth candamage the light covers. Do notclean with intensive car washingfluid. Avoid using hazardouscleaners. It can cause the lens tocrack by a chemical reaction.

Note: Refer to a car washing guideand only use mild detergents toavoid damage to the headlight lens.Never use cleaning fluids whichcontain any of the following:. Acetone. Benzene. Toluene. Xylene. Thinners

Polishing and waxing

Wax the vehicle regularly (at thelatest when water no longer beads).Otherwise, the paintwork willdry out.

Polishing is necessary only if thepaint has become dull or if soliddeposits have become attachedto it.

Paintwork polish with silicone formsa protective film, making waxingunnecessary.

Plastic body parts must not betreated with wax or polishingagents.

Windows and windscreenwiper blades

Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamoisleather together with windowcleaner and insect remover.

When cleaning the rear window,make sure the heating elementinside is not damaged.

For mechanical removal of ice, usea sharp-edged ice scraper. Pressthe scraper firmly against the glassso that no dirt can get under it andscratch the glass.

Clean smearing wiper blades with asoft cloth and window cleaner.

Wheels and tyres

Do not use high-pressure jetcleaners.

Clean rims with a pH-neutral wheelcleaner.

Rims are painted and can betreated with the same agents asthe body.

Paintwork damage

Rectify minor paintwork damagewith a touch-up pen before rustforms. Have more extensivedamage or rust areas repaired by aworkshop.

Page 251: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (55,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-55

Special package and body kit. Be careful when towing to

prevent damage by the tow rope.Remove cover in bumper beforetowing.

. Reduced ground clearance.Drive slowly over ramps, bumpsor kerbs.

. Use support when lifting thevehicle.

. To prevent body damage andbreakage, it is recommended tocompletely lift the vehicle onto arecovery vehicle whentransporting the vehicle.

Underbody

Corrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal or dust control cancollect on the underbody of yourvehicle. Failure to remove thesematerials can accelerate corrosionand rust.

Periodically use plain water to flushthese materials from the underbodyof your vehicle.

Take care to clean any areas inwhich mud and other debris cancollect. Loosen any sedimentpacked in closed areas beforeflushing with water.

Interior Care

Interior and upholstery

Only clean the vehicle interior,including the instrument panelfascia and panelling, with a dry clothor interior cleaner.

The instrument panel should only becleaned using a soft damp cloth.

Clean fabric upholstery with avacuum cleaner and brush. Removestains with an upholstery cleaner.

Clothing fabrics may not becolour-fast. This could cause visiblediscolourations, especially on lightcoloured upholstery. Removablestains and discolourations should becleaned as soon as possible.

Clean seat belts with lukewarmwater or interior cleaner.

{ Caution

Close Velcro fasteners as openVelcro fasteners on clothing coulddamage seat upholstery.

Plastic and rubber parts

Plastic and rubber parts can becleaned with the same cleaner asused to clean the body. Use interiorcleaner if necessary. Do not use anyother agent. Avoid solvents andpetrol in particular. Do not usehigh-pressure jet cleaners.

Page 252: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (56,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/8/14

10-56 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES

Page 253: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service andMaintenance

General InformationService Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

General Information

Service InformationIn order to ensure economical andsafe vehicle operation and tomaintain the value of your vehicle, itis of vital importance that allmaintenance work is carried out atthe proper intervals as specified.

Confirmations

Confirmation of service is recordedin the Service Guide.

The date and mileage is completedwith the stamp and signature of theservicing workshop.

Make sure that the Service Guide iscompleted correctly as continuousproof of service is essential if anywarranty or goodwill claims are tobe met, and is also a benefit whenselling the vehicle.

Page 254: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance ScheduleService schedules

Maintenance Interval

Every 1 year / 15,000 km (10,000 miles) (whichever occurs first)

Maintenance I: Use Maintenance Ifor the first service or if MaintenanceII was performed previously.

Maintenance II: Use Maintenance IIif the previous service performedwas Maintenance I.

No Service operation Maintenance I Maintenance II

1 Replace engine oil and filter. (1) R R

2 Inspect for any leaks or damage. (2) I I

3 Inspect engine air filter. (3) I I

4 Inspect tyres for inflation pressures and wear. I I

5 Inspect brake system. (4) I I

6 Inspect engine coolant and windscreen washer fluid levelsand add fluid as needed.

I I

Page 255: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Service and Maintenance 11-3

No Service operation Maintenance I Maintenance II

7 Inspect suspension and steering components. (5) I I

8 Inspect wiper blades. (6) I I

9 Inspect drive belts. I I

10 Perform any required additional services - see applicablesection.

I I

11 Check for field actions. I I

12 Replace brake fluid. (7) - R

13 Inspect engine cooling system. (8) - I

14 Inspect restraint system components. (9) - I

15 Inspect powertrain and driveline components. - I

16 Lubricate body components. (10) - I

1 : If driving under severeconditions: short distance driving,extensive idling or driving in dustycondition, engine oil and the filtermay require replacement moreoften.

2 : Fluid loss in any vehicle systemcould indicate a problem. Thesystem should be inspected andrepaired and the fluid level checked.Add fluid if needed.

3 : If driving regularly in dustyconditions, inspect the filter morefrequently. The filter may requirereplacement more often.

4 : Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc. Inspect disc brakepads for wear and discs for surface

Page 256: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

11-4 Service and Maintenance

condition. Inspect drum brakelinings/shoes for wear or cracks.Inspect other brake parts, includingdrums, wheel cylinders, callipers,handbrake, etc.

5 : Visually inspect front and rearsuspension and steering system fordamage, loose or missing parts orsigns of wear. Inspect powersteering components for binding,cracks, chafing, etc.

6 : Inspect wiper blades for wear,cracking, or contamination. Cleanthe windscreen and wiper blades,if contaminated. Replace wiperblades that are worn or damaged.

7 : If driving under severeconditions: driving in hilly ormountainous terrain, or towing atrailer frequently, brake fluid mayrequire replacement more often.

8 : Visually inspect hoses and havethem replaced if they are cracked,swollen, or deteriorated. Inspect allpipes, fittings, and clamps; replacewith genuine parts if needed. Tohelp ensure correct operation, a

pressure test of the cooling systemand pressure cap and cleaning theoutside of the radiator and airconditioning condenser isrecommended.

9 : Make sure the safety beltreminder light and safety beltassemblies are working correctly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system parts.If you see anything that might keepa safety belt system from doing itsjob, have it repaired. Ensure anytorn or frayed safety belts arereplaced.

10 : Lubricate all key lock cylinders,door hinges and latches, bonnethinges and latches, and boot lidhinges and latches. More frequentlubrication may be required whenexposed to a corrosive environment.Applying silicone grease onweatherstrips with a clean cloth willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak.

I: Inspect these items and theirrelated parts. If necessary, correct,clean, replenish, adjust or replace.

R: Replace or change.

Page 257: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Service and Maintenance 11-5

Service operation Interval

Replace pollen filter. (3) Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) / 1 year

Replace air filter. Every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) / 4 year

Replace spark plugs. Every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) / 2 year

Replace ignition cable (for vehicles withoutElectronic Stability Control).

Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) / 3 year

Replace engine coolant. Every 240,000 km (160,000 miles) / 5 year

Replace manual gearbox oil. Every 150,000 km (100,000 miles) / 10 years

Replace automatic transmission oil. Inspect oil every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) /1 year. Replace every 75,000 km (50,000 miles)for severe conditions.

Replace auxiliary belt. (11)

Replace timing chain. Every 240,000 km (160,000 miles) / 10 years

Inspect valve clearance, adjust if required. Every 150,000 km (100,000 miles) / 10 years

Inspect clutch & brake pedal free play Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) / 1 year

3 : If driving regularly in dustyconditions, inspect the filter morefrequently. The filter may requirereplacement more often.

11 : If the belt has been replaced, itmust be inspected and tension mustbe adjusted within 6 months /5,000 km (3,000 miles).

Page 258: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

11-6 Service and Maintenance

General maintenance items

Item Service operation

All If driving under severe conditions: short distance driving, extensive idling or driving industy condition, engine oil and the filter may require replacement more often.

Automatic transmission Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one ormore of these conditions:In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 32 °C or higher.In hilly or mountainous terrain.When doing frequent trailer towing.Uses such as found in taxi, police, or delivery service.

Belts Visually inspect belt for fraying, excessive cracks, or obvious damage. Replace belt ifnecessary.

Tyre condition &inflation pressure

Tyre condition should be inspected before driving and tyre pressure should be checkedeach time you fill your fuel tank or at least once a month using a tyre pressure gauge.

Wheel alignment If necessary, rotate and balance wheels.

Page 259: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Service and Maintenance 11-7

AdditionalMaintenance and CareExtreme operating conditions

Extreme operating conditions aregiven when at least one of thefollowing occurs frequently:. Repeated short-distance driving

less than 10 km (5 miles).. Extensive idling and/or

slow-speed driving instop-and-go traffic.

. Driving on dusty roads.

. Driving on hilly or mountainousterrain.

. Towing a trailer.

. Driving in heavy city trafficwhere the outside temperaturesregularly reach 32 °C or higher.

. Driving as a taxi, police ordelivery vehicle.

. Frequent driving when outsidetemperature remains belowfreezing.

Police vehicles, taxis and drivingschool vehicles are also classifiedas operating under extremeconditions.

Under extreme operating conditions,it may be necessary to have certainscheduled service work done morefrequently than the scheduledintervals.

Seek technical advice on theservicing requirements dependenton the specific operating conditions.

RecommendedFluids, Lubricants,and Parts

Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants

Recommended fluids andlubricants

Only use products that have beentested and approved. Damageresulting from the use ofnon-approved materials will not becovered by the warranty.

{ Warning

Operating materials arehazardous and could bepoisonous. Handle with care. Payattention to information given onthe containers.

Page 260: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Engine oil

Use only engine oil that is approvedto the dexos™ specification or anequivalent engine oil of theappropriate viscosity grade.

If you are unsure whether your oil isapproved to the dexos™specification, ask your serviceprovider.

Use of substitute engine oils ifdexos is unavailable: In the eventthat dexos approved engine oil isnot available at an oil change or formaintaining proper oil level, youmay use substitute engine oil of thequalities mentioned below. Use ofoils that do not meet the dexosspecification, however, may result inreduced performance and enginedamage under certaincircumstances.

Engine oil is identified by its qualityand its viscosity. Quality is moreimportant than viscosity whenselecting which engine oil to use.

Selecting the right engine oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.

Engine oil quality. dexos1, dexos2. API SM, ACEA-A3/B3: Optional

for Gen1 engine (not used forGen2 engine)

Specification

Use and ask for licensed engine oilswith the dexos™ approvedcertification mark. Engine oilsmeeting the requirements for thevehicle should have the dexos™approved certification mark. Thiscertification mark indicates that theoil has been approved to thedexos™ specification.

Your vehicle's engine was filled atthe factory with dexos™ approvedengine oil.

Use only engine oil that is approvedto the dexos™ specification or anequivalent engine oil of the

appropriate viscosity grade. Use ofoils that do not meet the dexosspecification, however, may result inreduced performance and enginedamage under certaincircumstances.

If you are unsure whether your oil isapproved to the dexos™specification, ask your serviceprovider.

If you don't know vehicle enginetype, ask your authorised repairer.

Engine oil viscosity

The SAE viscosity grade givesinformation of the thickness ofthe oil.

Multigrade oil is indicated by twofigures:

The first figure, followed by a W,indicates low temperature viscosityand the second figure the hightemperature viscosity.

The SAE viscosity rating defines theability of an oil to flow. When cold,oil is more viscous than when hot.

Page 261: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Engine oil viscosity grade for 1.0D,1.2D Gen1

SAE 5W-30 is the best viscositygrade for your vehicle. Do not useother viscosity grade oils such asSAE 20W-50.Cold temperatureoperation for 1.0D, 1.2D Gen1. Down to -25 °C and below:

0W-30, 0W-40. Down to -25 °C: 5W-30, 5W-40. Down to -20 °C: 10W-30,

10W-40

Engine oil viscosity grade for1.2D Gen2

SAE 5W-20 is the best viscositygrade for your vehicle. Do not useother viscosity grade oils such asSAE 10W-30, 10W-40 or 20W-50.

Cold temperature operation for1.2D Gen2

If operating your vehicle in an areaof extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below -25°C, aviscosity grade SAE 0W-xx shouldbe used. An oil of this viscosity

grade will provide easier coldstarting for the engine at extremelylow temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade be sureto always select an oil that meetsthe dexos™ specification.. Down to -25°C and below:

0W-20, 0W-30.. Down to -25°C: 5W-20, 5W-30.

Engine oil additives/engine oilflushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils with the dexosspecification and displaying thedexos certification mark are all thatis needed for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

Topping up engine oil

Engine oils of differentmanufacturers and brands can bemixed as long as they comply withthe required engine oil (specificationand viscosity).

If engine oil of the required quality isnot available, a maximum of 1 Litreof API SM/SN, ACEA A3/B4, ACEAA3/B3 or ACEA C3 quality may beused (only once between each oilchange).

The viscosity should be of thecorrect rating.

Use of engine oil with only ACEAA1/B1 or only ACEA A5/B5 qualityis prohibited, as it can cause longterm engine damage under certainoperating conditions.

Coolant and antifreeze

Use only organic acid type-long lifecoolant (LLC) antifreeze.

In countries with moderate climatethe coolant provides freezeprotection down to approx. -35 °C.

Page 262: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

11-10 Service and Maintenance

In countries with cold climate thecoolant provides freeze protectiondown to approx. -50 °C. Thisconcentration should be maintainedall year round.

Maintain a sufficient concentrationof anti-freeze.

Coolant additives intended to giveadditional corrosion protection orseal against minor leaks can causefunction problems. Liability forconsequences resulting from theuse of coolant additives will berejected.

Brake fluid

Only use our authorised brake fluidfor this vehicle (DOT 4).

Over time, brake fluid absorbsmoisture which will reduce brakingeffectiveness. The brake fluidshould therefore be replaced at thespecified interval.

Brake fluid should be stored in asealed container to avoid waterabsorption.

Ensure brake fluid does not becomecontaminated.

{ Caution

Using low quality brake fluid maycause corrosion to internalcomponents of the brake system,which may result in decreasedbrake system performance, whichis a safety concern. Always usehigh quality brake fluid approvedfor your vehicle model. Werecommend GM genuine brakefluid.

Power steering fluid

Only use Dexron VI fluid.

Manual gearbox fluid

Only use XGP SAE75W85W fluid.

Automatic transmission fluid

Only use ESSO JWS3317 fluid.

Page 263: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle DataEngine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 12-7Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8

Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

The vehicle identification number islocated under the rear seat cushion.

Identification Plate

Type 1

The label is attached near thedriver's door latch.

Page 264: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

12-2 Technical Data

Type 2

The label is attached near the frontpassenger's door latch.

Page 265: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Technical Data 12-3

Vehicle Data

Engine Data

Sales designation 1.0 Petrol 1.2 Petrol

Engine 1.0D 1.2D

Engine identifier code LMT LMU

Number of cylinders 4 4

Piston displacement [cm³] 995 1,206

Engine power [kW]at rpm

506,400

606,400

Torque [Nm]at rpm

934,800

1114,800

Fuel type Petrol Petrol

Octane rating RON

recommendedpossible

95Over 95

95Over 95

Page 266: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

12-4 Technical Data

Russia & Uzbekistan

Sales designation 1.0 Petrol 1.2 Petrol

Engine 1.0D 1.2D

Engine identifier code B10D1 B12D2

Number of cylinders 4 4

Piston displacement [cm³] 995 1,249

Engine power [kW]at rpm

506,400

626,200

Torque [Nm]at rpm

894,800

1124,600

Fuel type Petrol Petrol

Octane rating RON

recommendedpossible

91Over 91

91Over 91

Performance

Engine 1.0D 1.2D

Top speed (1) [mph]

Manual gearbox 96 102

Page 267: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Technical Data 12-5

Engine 1.0D 1.2D

(1) The maximum speed indicated is achievable at kerb weight (without driver) plus 200 kg payload. Optionalequipment could reduce the specified maximum speed of the vehicle.

Engine 1.0D 1.2D

Top speed (2) [mph]

Manual gearbox 154 164

(2) The maximum speed indicated is achievable at kerb weight (without driver) plus 200 kg payload. Optionalequipment could reduce the specified maximum speed of the vehicle.

Russia & Uzbekistan

Engine 1.0D 1.2D

Top speed (2) [mph]

Manual gearbox - 164

Automatic transmission 148 -

(2) The maximum speed indicated is achievable at kerb weight (without driver) plus 200 kg payload. Optionalequipment could reduce the specified maximum speed of the vehicle.

Page 268: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

12-6 Technical Data

Vehicle Weight

Minimum kerb weight, with driver (75kg)

Engine Manual gearbox without power steering Manual gearbox with power steering

[kg] 1.0D 932 939

1.2D 932 939

Russia & Uzbekistan

Engine Manual gearbox Automatic transmission

[kg] 1.0D - 995

1.2D 980 -

Maximum kerb weight, with driver (75kg)

Engine Manual gearbox without power steering Manual gearbox with power steering

[kg] 1.0D 1047 1065

1.2D 1047 1065

Page 269: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Technical Data 12-7

Russia & Uzbekistan

Engine Manual gearbox Automatic transmission

[kg] 1.0D - 1080

1.2D 1065 -

Gross vehicle weight

Engine Manual gearbox without power steering Manual gearbox with power steering

[kg] 1.0D 1347 1367

1.2D 1347 1065

Russia & Uzbekistan

Engine Manual gearbox Automatic transmission

[kg] 1.0D - 1385

1.2D 1367 -

Vehicle Dimensions

Length [mm] 3640

Width without exterior mirrors [mm] 1597

Page 270: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

12-8 Technical Data

Width with two exterior mirrors [mm] 1910

Height (without aerial) [mm] without roof rack 1522

Height (without aerial) [mm] with roof rack 1551

Length of load compartment floor [mm] 548

Load compartment width [mm] 987

Load compartment height [mm] 435

Wheelbase [mm] 2375

Turning circle diameter [m] 9.9

Capacities and Specifications

Engine oil

Engine 1.0 DOHC 1.2 DOHC

including Filter [l] 3.75 3.75

between MIN and MAX [l] 2.5/3.5 2.5/3.5

Engine oil

Petrol, nominal capacity [l] 35

Page 271: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (9,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Technical Data 12-9

Tyre Pressure

Engine Tyres

Comfort with up to3 people ECO with up to 3 people With full load

front rear front rear front rear

[kPa/bar] ([psi])

[kPa/bar] ([psi])

[kPa/bar] ([psi])

[kPa/bar] ([psi])

[kPa/bar] ([psi])

[kPa/bar] ([psi])

1.0D,1.2D

155/80 R13,155/70 R14,165/65 R14

220/2.2 (32) 220/2.2 (32) 240/2.4 (35) 240/2.4 (35) 235/2.35 (34)

235/2.35 (34)

All Compactspare tyre

420/4.2 (60) 420/4.2 (60) - - 420/4.2 (60) 420/4.2 (60)

Tyre specifications in the owner'smanual may be changed withoutnotice, refer to the tyre label in yourvehicle.

Page 272: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (10,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

12-10 Technical Data

2 NOTES

Page 273: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Customer Information 13-1

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationDeclaration of Conformity . . . . 13-1

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyEvent Data Recorders . . . . . . . 13-2Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-2

Customer Information

Declaration of Conformity

Transmission system

This vehicle has systems thattransmit and/or receive radio wavessubject to Directive 1999/5/EC.

These systems are in compliancewith the essential requirements andother relevant provisions ofDirective 1999/5/EC. Copies of theoriginal Declarations of Conformitycan be obtained on our website.

Jack

Translation of the originaldeclaration of conformity

Declaration of conformity accordingto EC Directive 2006/42/EC

We declare that the product:

Product designation: Jack

Type/GM part number: 13503237

is in compliance with the provisionsof Directive 2006/42/EC.

Applied technical standards:

GMN9737 = Jacking

GM 14337 = Standard EquipmentJack Hardware Tests

GMN5127 = Vehicle IntegrityHoisting and Service StationJacking

GMW15005 = Standard EquipmentJack and Spare Tyre, Vehicle Test

ISO TS 16949 = Qualitymanagement systems

The signatory is authorised tocompile the technicaldocumentation.

Rüsselsheim, 31st January 2014signed by Hans-Peter Metzger

Engineering Group ManagerChassis & Structure

Adam Opel AG

D-65423 Rüsselsheim

Page 274: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

13-2 Customer Information

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacy

Event Data Recorders

Data storage modules in thevehicle

A large number of electroniccomponents of your vehicle containdata storage modules temporarily orpermanently storing technical dataabout the condition of the vehicle,events and errors. In general, thistechnical information documents thecondition of parts, modules, systemsor the environment:. Operating conditions of system

components (e.g. filling levels). Status messages of the vehicle

and its single components (e.g.number of wheel revolutions /rotational speed, deceleration,lateral acceleration)

. Dysfunctions and defects inimportant system components

. Vehicle reactions in particulardriving situations (e.g. inflation ofan airbag, activation of thestability regulation system)

. Environmental conditions (e.g.temperature)

This data is exclusively technicaland helps identify and correct errorsas well as optimise vehiclefunctions.

Motion profiles indicating travelledroutes cannot be created withthese data.

If services are used (e.g. repairworks, service processes, warrantycases, quality assurance),employees of the service network(manufacturer included) are able toread out this technical informationfrom the event and error datastorage modules applying specialdiagnostic devices. If required, youwill receive further information atthese workshops. After an error has

been corrected, the data is deletedfrom the error storage module orconstantly overwritten.

When using the vehicle, situationsmay occur in which these technicaldata related to other information(accident report, damages on thevehicle, witness statements etc.)may be associated with a specificperson - possibly, with theassistance of an expert.

Additional functions contractuallyagreed upon with the client (e.g.vehicle location in emergencycases) allow the transmission ofparticular vehicle data from thevehicle.

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tyrepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security. It is also used inconnection with conveniences suchas radio remote controls for doorlocking/unlocking and starting, and

Page 275: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

Customer Information 13-3

in-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology inChevrolet vehicles does not use orrecord personal information or linkwith any other Chevrolet systemcontaining personal information.

Page 276: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 -crc - 7/2/14

13-4 Customer Information

2 NOTES

Page 277: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (1,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

INDEX i-1

AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9AdjustmentsSeat, Initial Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Air Conditioning RegularOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10AirbagsCurtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16Safety Belt Tensioner Light . . .5-16Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Alarm SystemAnti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Anti-theftAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55

Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23

Audio SystemFixed Mast Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22

AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Automatic TransmissionFault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Interruption of PowerSupply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5AuxiliaryDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-18BluetoothOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44

Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3BrakeSystem Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-17

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12

Bulb ReplacementCentre High-MountedBrake lamp (CHMBL) . . . . . 10-23

Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Number Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-23Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . 10-22Taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21

Page 278: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (2,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

i-2 INDEX

CCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Fuel Consumption CO2Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18

Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Cautions, Danger, andWarnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 2-4Centre High-MountedBrake lamp (CHMBL) . . . . . . . 10-23

Chains, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-17CheckEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Child Restraint InstallationLocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Child Restraint SystemsTop Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24

Child RestraintsInstallation Locations . . . . . . . . .3-19ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55

Climate Control SystemsHeating and Ventilation . . . . . . . . 8-1

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Compact Spare Tyre . . . . . . . . . . 10-46Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20ConformityDeclaration of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1

Control Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

CoversWheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . . . 3-15

DDanger, Warnings, andCautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . 13-2Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . 13-1DevicesAuxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32

DimensionsVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-7

DisplaysTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Central Locking System . . . . . . . 2-4

Page 279: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (3,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

INDEX i-3

EElectrical SystemEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Electronic Stability Control . . . . . 9-13Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Electronic Stability ControlIndicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Emissions - CO2Fuel Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18

End-of-Life VehicleRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Engine (cont'd)Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3EnginesPetrol Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . 13-2Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1

FFault, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . 10-10Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Fog Lamp Light, Rear . . . . . . . . . 5-20Fog LampsFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

Front Seat Position SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

FuelConsumption - CO2 -Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-19Petrol Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16

Full-Size Spare Tyre . . . . . . . . . . 10-47Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Engine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Page 280: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (4,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

i-4 INDEX

GGaugesFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10Transmission Display . . . . . . . . .5-15

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

HHands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Headlamp Range Adjustment . . . 6-2Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-19Main/Dipped Beam Changer . . . 6-1Range Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Headlights When DrivingAbroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

HeatedRear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Heating and VentilationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12, 5-3

IIdentification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15IndicatorsControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12

InformationService . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Information on Loading theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Instrument PanelOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Interruption of Power Supply . . . . 9-8Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii, 7-1ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48

KKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

LLampsDaytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-3Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 10-23Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-17Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Rear Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Side Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21

Page 281: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (5,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

INDEX i-5

LightElectronic Stability Control(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7LightsAirbag and Safety BeltTensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-17Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . .5-18

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-19Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Fog Lamp, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Main-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Main/Dipped Beam Changer . . . 6-1Overdrive Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Lights (cont'd)Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . .5-15Tyre Pressure MonitoringSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Lights, Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4LoadCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Loading the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7LocksCentral Locking System . . . . . . . 2-4

Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-19

MMain-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19MaintenanceAir Conditioning RegularOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 11-2Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-17Manual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10MirrorsConvex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Monitor System, TyrePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

NNet, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6New Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

OOilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

Operation, InfotainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Other Service ItemsAir Conditioning System . . . . . . . 8-5

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Page 282: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (6,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

i-6 INDEX

Overdrive Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Overview, InfotainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

PParking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4PersonalisationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

PhoneBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49

PowerMirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

PressureTyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-9

PrivacyRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . .13-2

RRadioPersonalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . .13-2

Radio Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . 2-2RadiosAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5Rear WindowsHeated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16

Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Remote ControlRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Repair KitTyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43

Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . 9-13Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . .9-13

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Rotation, Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37Running-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . 9-2

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19Three-Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Seat BeltsReminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Position, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Service and MaintenanceService Information . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Page 283: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (7,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

INDEX i-7

Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-22Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Spare TyreCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3SteeringFluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

StorageLoad Compartment . . . . . . . 2-6, 4-4Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Storage AreasConvenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Information on Loading theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

SwitchesAirbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16

SystemRoof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

TTaillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Technical DataTyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-9

Theft-Deterrent SystemsImmobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Thread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37Three-Point Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . 3-8Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Top Tether Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

TowingAnother Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9Tyre Pressure MonitoringSystem Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Tyre Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43TyresChains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-33Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-32Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37Wheel Alignment andTyre Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-39Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Tyres and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Page 284: €¦ · Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14 Black plate (1,1) 2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Initial Drive ...

Black plate (8,1)Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14

i-8 INDEX

UUp-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

VVehicleControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49Towing Another Vehicle . . . . . 10-52

Vehicle CareTyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-7Vehicle IdentificationPlate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Vehicle RecoveryEnd-of-Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3

Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6VentilationAdjustable Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiCautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiHazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15WeightsVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-6

Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38WheelsAlignment and TyreBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30WindowsHeated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

WindscreenWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-18WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5


Recommended